AWord to Mazda Owners · Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time...

Black plate (1,1)

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with completecustomer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manualcarefully and follow its recommendations.

Regular servicing of your vehicle by an expert repairer helps maintain both itsroadworthiness and its resale value. Aworld-wide network of Authorised Mazda Repairerscan help you with their professional servicing expertise.Their specially trained personnel are best qualified to service your Mazda vehicle properlyand exactly. Also, they are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools andequipment specially developed for servicing Mazda vehicles. When maintenance or serviceis necessary we recommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasureand in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda Motor CorporationHIROSHIMA, JAPAN

Important Notes About This ManualKeep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should youresell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal atMazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may findsome explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2013 Mazda Motor CorporationApr. 2017 (Print7)

AWord to Mazda Owners

Mazda5_8DF6-EI-13J_Edition7 Page1Thursday, March 9 2017 8:33 PM

Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (2,1)

We want to help you get the most drivingpleasure from your vehicle. Your owner'smanual, when read from cover to cover,can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of themanual to best explain how to enjoy yourMazda. By reading your manual, you canfind out about the features, importantsafety information, and driving undervarious road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen”.

References to left hand and right hand aremade as if facing in the same direction thevehicle faces. Although this manualexplains a left-hand-drive model, it alsoapplies to right-hand-drive models.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,an alphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNINGAWARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious injury or death couldresult if the warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich bodily injury or damage to yourvehicle, or both, could result if thecaution is ignored.

NOTE

A NOTE provides information andsometimes suggests how to make betteruse of your vehicle.

The symbol below, located on some partsof the vehicle, indicates that this manualcontains information related to the part.Please refer to the manual for a detailedexplanation.

How to Use This Manual


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (3,1)


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a GlanceInterior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

1

Essential Safety EquipmentUse of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

2

Knowing Your MazdaExplanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

3

Before Driving Your MazdaImportant information about driving your Mazda.

4

Driving Your MazdaExplanation of instruments and controls.

5

Interior ComfortUse of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

6

In Case of an EmergencyHelpful information on what to do in an emergency.

7

Maintenance and CareHow to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer InformationImportant consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

9

SpecificationsTechnical information about your Mazda.

10

Index 11

Black plate (4,1)


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (5,1)

1 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Interior Overview .......................................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View A) .................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View B) .................................................... 1-3Interior Equipment (View C) .................................................... 1-4

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-5Front .......................................................................................... 1-5Rear ........................................................................................... 1-6

1-1


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (6,1)

Interior Equipment (View A)

Turn and lane-change signal .............................................................................. page 5-55Lighting control ................................................................................................. page 5-50Instrument panel illumination knob ................................................................... page 5-41Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-38Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-58i-stop OFF switch .............................................................................................. page 5-12DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-36Door-lock knob .................................................................................................. page 3-10Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-29Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-26Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-42Headlight levelling switch ................................................................................. page 5-54Power sliding door main switch ........................................................................ page 3-14Power sliding door switches .............................................................................. page 3-14Lock release lever .............................................................................................. page 3-42

1-2

Your Vehicle at a Glance

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Interior Overview


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (7,1)

Interior Equipment (View B)

SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-49Air-conditioning system ...................................................................................... page 6-2Information display ............................................................................................ page 6-61Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-64Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-31Audio control switches ...................................................................................... page 6-47Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-31Bonnet release handle ........................................................................................ page 3-31Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2Manual transaxle shift lever ............................................................................... page 5-20Automatic transaxle selector lever ..................................................................... page 5-22Accessory socket ............................................................................................... page 6-74Glove compartment ........................................................................................... page 6-69


Interior Overview

1-3The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (8,1)

Interior Equipment (View C)

Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-59Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-44Sunroof switches ............................................................................................... page 3-33Overhead lights .................................................................................................. page 6-60Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-59Bottle holder ...................................................................................................... page 6-67Remote fuel-filler flap release ........................................................................... page 3-29SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-49Seat belts ............................................................................................................ page 2-23Rear seats ............................................................................................................. page 2-7Rear ventilation system ..................................................................................... page 6-17Cup holders ........................................................................................................ page 6-65Front seat ............................................................................................................. page 2-2Parking brake ..................................................................................................... page 5-16

1-4



Interior Overview


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (9,1)

Front

Bonnet ............................................................................................................... page 3-31Windscreen wiper blades ................................................................................... page 8-21Sunroof .............................................................................................................. page 3-32Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-42Child safety locks .............................................................................................. page 3-13Tyres .................................................................................................................. page 8-30Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-34


Exterior Overview

1-5The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (10,1)

Rear

Rear wiper blade ................................................................................................ page 8-22Liftgate .............................................................................................................. page 3-21Aerial ................................................................................................................. page 6-18Sliding doors ...................................................................................................... page 3-11Door lock ............................................................................................................. page 3-9Tyres .................................................................................................................. page 8-30Fuel-filler flap .................................................................................................... page 3-30Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-34

1-6



Exterior Overview


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (11,1)

2 Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2Front Seat .................................................................................. 2-2Rear Seats ................................................................................. 2-7Head Restraints ....................................................................... 2-18Seat Arrangements .................................................................. 2-20

Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................ 2-23Seat Belt Precautions .............................................................. 2-23Seat Belt (Except centre-rear position) .................................... 2-27Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-28Centre-Rear Position Seat Belt ................................................ 2-31Seat Belt Warning Light .......................................................... 2-33Seat Belt Reminder ................................................................. 2-33

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-34Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-34Categories of Child-Restraint Systems ................................... 2-38Child-Restraint System Installation Position .......................... 2-39Child-Restraint System Suitability for Various Seat PositionsTable ........................................................................................ 2-42Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-45ISOFIX Anchor-Secured Child-Restraint Systems ................. 2-47

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-49Supplementary Restraint System (SRS) Precautions .............. 2-49Supplementary Restraint System Components ....................... 2-54How the SRS Air Bags Work .................................................. 2-55SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria .......................................... 2-58Limitations to SRS Air Bag .................................................... 2-59Maintenance ............................................................................ 2-61

2-1


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (12,1)

Front Seat

qPrecautions

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the front seats:Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or looseningany bolts is dangerous. The front seats contain air bag components essential to thesupplementary restraint system. Such modifications could damage the supplementaryrestraint system and result in serious injury. Consult an Authorised Mazda Repairer ifthere is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats, such as seat cushions torn or damaged down to theurethane, is dangerous. A collision, even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components. If there wasa subsequent collision, an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries. Alwayshave an Authorised Mazda Repairer inspect the front seats, front seat beltpretensioners and air bags after a collision.

Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place:Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous. In asudden stop or collision, the seat or seatback could move, causing injury. Make surethe adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide theseat forward and backward and rocking the seatback.

Never allow children to adjust a seat:Allowing children to adjust a seat is dangerous as it could result in serious injury if achild's hands or feet become caught in the seat.

Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is stopped:Adjusting the driver's seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. The driver couldlose control of the vehicle and have an accident.

Do not drive with the seats reclined:Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you donot get the full protection from seat belts. During sudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries. For maximumprotection, sit well back and upright.

2-2

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (13,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with the seatback unlocked:The seatback plays an important role in your protection in a vehicle. Leaving theseatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision, resulting insevere injury. After adjusting the seatback at any time, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place.

CAUTIONl Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the front seatwhen adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury.

l When returning a rear-reclined seatback to its upright position, make sure you holdonto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever. If the seatback is notsupported, it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury.


Seats

2-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (14,1)

qOperation

Seat SlideTo move a seat forward or backward, raise the lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward and backward.

Height Adjustment (Driver's Seat)To adjust the seat height, move the lever up or down.

Seat Recline (Lever type)To change the seatback angle, lean forward slightly while raising the lever. Then lean backto the desired position and release the lever.Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place byattempting to push it forward and backward.

Seat Recline (Dial type)To change the seatback angle, lean forward slightly while rotating the dial to the desiredposition.

Lumbar Support Adjustment (Driver's Seat)í

To increase the seat firmness, pull the lever forward. Push the lever backward to decreasefirmness.

2-4


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (15,1)

qArmrest

WARNINGNever position the shoulder portion ofa front seat belt over the armrest:Positioning the shoulder portion of afront seat belt over the armrest isdangerous as it cannot provideadequate protection in a collision andcould result in serious injuries.

Never put your hands and fingersaround the moving parts of the seatand armrest:Putting your hands and fingersaround the moving parts of the seatand armrest is dangerous as theycould get injured.

qPull-up Seatback Traysí

WARNINGAlways collapse and secure the traysbefore driving the vehicle:Using the seatback trays while thevehicle is moving is dangerous.During sudden braking or a collision,rear seat passengers could be thrownforward into a tray causing seriousinjury. Objects placed on a seatbacktray could become projectiles thatcould hit and injure someone.

Pull-up trays are available in the seatbacksof the front seats and can be used whenthe vehicle is parked.Grasp the front, central part of the traywhen setting up or collapsing it.


Seats

2-5íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (16,1)

CAUTIONl Do not place heavy objects on aseatback tray. Heavy objects couldcause the tray to collapse and injuresomeone.

l Do not recline the front seats whenthe seatback trays are in use. Hotliquids may cause scalding if spilled,or objects could fall causing injury.

2-6


Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (17,1)

Rear Seats

qPrecautions

WARNINGDo not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks:Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous. Duringsudden braking or a collision, objects can fly around and become projectiles that mayhit and injure passengers.

Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving:Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed duringsudden braking or a collision and cause injury.

Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place by attempting toslide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback:Adjustable seats that are not securely locked are dangerous. In a sudden stop orcollision, the seat or seatback could move, causing injury.

Never allow children to adjust a seat:Allowing children to adjust a seat is dangerous as it could result in serious injury if achild's hands or feet become caught in the seat.

Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is stopped:Adjusting the seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. Sudden braking or acollision could cause serious injury.

Do not drive with the seatback unlocked:The seatback plays an important role in your protection in a vehicle. Leaving theseatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision, resulting insevere injury. After adjusting the seatback at any time, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place.

Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle ismoving:Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous. Allowing a child to situp on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous. In asudden stop or even a minor collision, a child not in a proper seat or child-restraintsystem and seat belt could be thrown forward, back or even out of the vehicle resultingin serious injuries or death. The child in the baggage area could be thrown into otheroccupants and cause serious injury.


Seats

2-7


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (18,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with the seats reclined:Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because youdon't get the full protection from the seat belts. During sudden braking or a collision,you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries. For maximumprotection, sit well back and upright.

CAUTIONl Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the second-rowseat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury.

l When returning a rear-reclined seatback to its upright position, make sure you holdonto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever. If the seatback is notsupported, it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury.

l Reclining the second-row seats when the luggage compartment cover is in the firstposition could damage the seat and cover. Remove the cover or move it to the secondposition (page 3-23).

NOTE

l When returning a rear seat to its original position, also replace the seat belt to itsnormal position. Verify that the seat belt pulls out and retracts.

l The third-row seat cannot be removed.

2-8


Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (19,1)

qOperation

Seat SlideTo move a seat forward or backward, raise the lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward and backward.

Seat ReclineTo change the seatback angle, lean forward slightly while raising the lever. Then lean backto the desired position and release the lever.Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place byattempting to push it forward and backward.


Seats

2-9


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (20,1)

qCentre Seat

The seat-bottom of the centre seat can bestored under the seat-bottom of thesecond-row left-side seat.

CAUTIONTo return the seat-bottom to its on-roadposition, first make sure there is noobject lodged between the seatback andthe seat belt buckle, and then move thebuckle rearward while lowering theseat-bottom. If the seat-bottom isreturned to its on-road position with anobject lodged between the buckle andthe seatback, the buckle could bedamaged by a passenger sitting in theseat or an object placed on the seat.

Buckle

Storing the seat-bottom

1. Pull the strap and lift the end of theseat-bottom of the second-row seats.

2. Insert a small object such as a key inthe seat belt anchor buckle for thecentre seat and detach the tongue fromthe buckle. After detaching, retract theseat belt and stow the tongues into therecess shown in the figure. For detailson the tongue and seat belt recesslocation, refer to Stowing and PullingOut the Centre-Rear Position Seat Belt(page 2-32).

2-10


Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (21,1)

3. Stow the two seat belt buckles for thecentre seat in the locations shown thefigure.

4. Store the centre seat seat-bottom.

5. Return the seat-bottom of the second-row seats to its original position andsecure it. After returning the seat-bottom to its original position, makesure the seat-bottom is secured byattempting to lightly move it up anddown.

Using the seat-bottom

1. Pull the strap and lift the end of theseat-bottom of the second-row seats.

2. Store the storage box and armrest ifthey are in position for use.Refer to Armrest on page 2-15.Refer to Storage Box on page 6-70.

3. Pull out the seat-bottom for the centreseat and set it in its on-road position,and then pull out the two seat beltbuckles for the centre seat.

4. Return the seat-bottom of the second-row seats to its original position andsecure it. After returning the seat-bottom to its original position, makesure the seat-bottom is secured byattempting to lightly move it up anddown.

5. Pull out the seat belt tongues and theseat belt for the centre seat from therecess and insert the tongues into thebuckles.

NOTE

When using the centre seat, align theleft and right second-row seats so thatthey are positioned in parallel to thecentre seat.


Seats

2-11


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (22,1)

qFolding the Second-row Seat

To create a flat luggage compartmentspace, lift the seat-bottoms of the second-row seats and fold the seatbacks forward.

Folding the seatbacks

1. Insert the second-row outboard seatbelts in the retainers.

2. Lower the head restraint all the waydown (page 2-18).

3. Pull the strap and lift the end of theseat-bottom up and forward.

4. If the seat belt buckle for the centreseat are inserted, insert a small objectsuch as a key in the seat belt anchorbuckle to detach the tongue from thebuckle. After detaching, retract the seatbelt and stow the tongues into therecess shown in the figure. For detailson the tongue and seat belt recesslocation, refer to Stowing and PullingOut the Centre-Rear Position Seat Belt(page 2-32).

5. Stow the two seat belt buckles for thecentre seat in the locations shown thefigure.

6. If the armrest, second-row centre seat,and storage box are in the position foruse, store them.Refer to Centre Seat on page 2-10.Refer to Storage Box on page 6-70.

2-12


Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (23,1)

7. Raise the lever and fold the seatbackforward. Make sure the seatback issecured by attempting to lightly moveit up and down.

CAUTIONl When folding a seatback, alwayshold onto the seatback with yourother hand while operating the lever.If the seatback is not supported, itwill flip forward suddenly and couldcause injury.

l When folding the seatback of theright second-row seat, make sure thestorage box is stowed. If the storagebox is not stowed, it could bedamaged.

NOTE

To create a flat luggage compartmentspace from the rear of the vehicle to theback of the front seats, fold the second-row and third-row seats (page 2-17).


Seats

2-13


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (24,1)

Returning seatbacks to their originalpositions


Buckle

1. Return the seatback to its originalposition while raising its lever.Make sure the seatback is secured byattempting to lightly move it forwardand back.

2. To use the centre seat, pull out the seat-bottom for the centre seat and set it inits on-road position, and then pull outthe two buckles for the centre seat.

3. Return the seat-bottom to its originalposition and secure it. After returningthe seat-bottom to its original position,make sure the seat-bottom is securedby attempting to lightly move it up anddown.

4. To fasten the seat belt for the centreseat, pull out the tongues and the seatbelt for the centre seat from the recessand insert the tongues into the buckles.

2-14


Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (25,1)

qArmrest

WARNINGNever put your hands and fingersaround the moving parts of the seatand armrest:Putting your hands and fingersaround the moving parts of the seatand armrest is dangerous as theycould get injured.

Outboard

Centre

The centre seat seatback can be used asthe armrest by lowering it.Fold the centre seat seatback forwardwhile pulling the strap.

To use as the centre seat, pull up thearmrest rearward. After returning thearmrest to its original position, make surethe armrest is secured by attempting tolightly move it forward and backward.


Seats

2-15


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (26,1)

NOTE

l When the armrest is in use, the seatbottom of the centre seat and thestorage box cannot be pulled out orstored.

l When the armrest is not in use, it canbe raised as shown in the followingfigure.

qThird-Row Seat Access

After folding the second-row seatseatback and sliding the seat forward, youcan access the third-row seat easily.

Entering/exiting the third-row seat area

Raise the lever on the side of the second-row seat or pull the strap behind thesecond-row seat to fold the seatbackforward and slide the seat forward.

After entering/exiting the third-rowseat area

Return the second-row seatback to itsupright position and lock it after sliding itbackward. Make sure it is locked byattempting to lightly move it forward andbackward.

2-16


Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (27,1)

CAUTIONl When folding a seatback, alwayshold onto the seatback with yourother hand while operating the leveror strap. If the seatback is notsupported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

l After entering/exiting the third-rowseat area, return the seatback to itsupright position. Otherwise, it couldmove unexpectedly and cause injury.

qFolding the Third-Row Seat

To create a flat luggage compartmentspace, fold the seatbacks forward.

To fold third-row seat

1. Slide the second-row seat all the wayforward.

2. Insert the third-row outboard seat beltsin the retainers.

3. Lower the head restraints all the waydown (page 2-18).

4. Pull the strap and fold the seatbackforward.

5. Lock the seatback in place by pushingit down. Make sure the seatback issecured by attempting to lightly moveit up and down.

NOTE

To create a flat luggage compartmentspace from the rear of the vehicle to theback of the front seats, fold the second-row and third-row seats (page 2-12).

To return third-row seat to its originalposition

Return the seatback to its original positionby pulling its strap.


Seats

2-17


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (28,1)

Make sure the seatback is secured byattempting to lightly move it forward andback.

Head RestraintsYour vehicle is equipped with headrestraints on all outboard seats and thesecond-row centre seat. The headrestraints are intended to help protect youand the passengers from neck injury.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsinstalled when seats are being usedand make sure they are properlyadjusted. In addition, always raise thehead restraints on all second-row andthird-row seats when they are beingused:Driving with the head restraintsadjusted too low or removed isdangerous. With no support behindyour head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

2-18


Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (29,1)

Height adjustment

To raise a head restraint, pull it up to thedesired position.To lower the head restraint, press the stop-catch release, then push the head restraintdown.Adjust the head restraint so that the centreis even with the top of the passenger'sears.

Front outboard seat

Second-row/Third-row outboard seats

Second-row centre seat

Removal/Installation

To remove the head restraint, pull it upwhile pressing the stop-catch.To install the head restraint, insert the legsinto the holes while pressing the stop-catch.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsset up when seats are being used andmake sure they are properly set up:Driving with the head restraints notset up is dangerous. With no supportbehind your head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.


Seats

2-19


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (30,1)

Seat ArrangementsIllustrations are of representative seat arrangements.

6-Seater Mode Relax Mode

5-Seater Mode 5+1-Seater Mode 2-Seater Mode

WARNINGDo not arrange the seats while driving:Arranging the seats while driving is dangerous because you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts and you cannot keep your balance. During sudden brakingor a collision, it could cause serious injuries.

Do not ride on seatbacks that are folded flat:Sitting or lying on seats that are folded flat is a dangerous way to ride. During suddenbraking or a collision you could be thrown around inside the vehicle and seriouslyinjured.

Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place:Adjustable seats that are not securely locked are dangerous. In a sudden stop orcollision, the seat or seatback could move, causing injury.

2-20


Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (31,1)

CAUTIONl Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the seat whenarranging the seat to prevent injury.

l Do not move around in the vehicle while the seats are folded down. A foot could beinjured if it becomes pinched between the seat bottom and seatback. If you have tomove around the folded down seats, step on the centre of the seats and movecarefully.

qHow to arrange the seats

6-Seater Mode

1. Store the centre seat.Refer to Centre Seat on page 2-10.

2. Fold the centre seat's seatback forward.Refer to Armrest on page 2-15.

3. Slide the second-row seats (driver side/passenger side) all the way back.Refer to Operation on page 2-9.

To return the seats to their road positions,reverse the procedures above.

Relax Mode

1. Slide the second-row seats all the wayback.Refer to Operation on page 2-9.

2. Fold down the second-row seatbacksrearward until they lock.Refer to Operation on page 2-9.

3. If the front armrest is in use, store it toits original position.Refer to Armrest on page 2-5.

4. Remove the head restraints from thefront seats.Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-18.

5. Slide the front seats all the wayforward.Refer to Operation on page 2-4.


Seats

2-21


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (32,1)

6. Fold down the front seatbacks rearwarduntil they lock.Refer to Operation on page 2-4.


5-Seater Mode/ 5 1-SeaterMode

Fold the third-row seats.Refer to Folding the Third-Row Seat onpage 2-17.To return the seats to their road positions,reverse the procedures above.

2-Seater Mode

1. Fold the third-row seats.Refer to Folding the Third-Row Seaton page 2-17.

2. Fold the second-row seats.Refer to Folding the Second-row Seaton page 2-12.


2-22


Seats


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (33,1)

Seat Belt PrecautionsSeat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and suddenstops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.

South Africa

Seating Position Type of seat belt

Front seat

3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractorSecond-row seat

Third-row seat

Except above

Seating Position Type of seat belt

Front seat 3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor

Second-row seatOutboard

3-point type seat belt with emergency locking moderetractor/automatic locking mode retractor

Centre 3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor

Third-row seat 3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor

3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractorRefer to Emergency Locking Mode on page 2-26.3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor/automatic locking moderetractorRefer to Automatic Locking Mode on page 2-26.

WARNINGAlways wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants notwearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown outof the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same collision,occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is notavailable to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,which could cause serious injury or death. So, if your seat belt is twisted, you muststraighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to beused.


Seat Belt Systems

2-23


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (34,1)

WARNINGNever use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt usedin this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could becrushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for morethan one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properlyrestrained.

Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbingof the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in acollision. Have an expert repairer, we recommend an Authorised Mazda Repairerinspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again.

Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt:Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous. Alwaysmake sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder andnear your neck, but never under your arm, on your neck, or on your upper arm.

Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt:The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous. In a collision, this wouldconcentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area, causing serious injury.Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible.

2-24


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (35,1)

WARNINGInstructions for Use of Seat Belt Assemblies:Seatbelts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body, and should beworn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must beavoided.Seatbelts should be adjusted as firmly as possible, consistent with comfort, to providethe protection for which they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils andchemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out usingmild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed,contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impacteven if damage to the assembly is not obvious.Belts should not be worn with straps twisted.Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant; it is dangerous to put a beltaround a child being carried on the occupant's lap.

No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either preventthe seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat beltassembly from being adjusted to remove slack.

CAUTIONBelt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep themclean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Seat Belt Maintenance”(page 8-57).

Ring


Seat Belt Systems

2-25


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (36,1)

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specificrecommendations.The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across thestomach area.Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with yourdoctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

When the seat belt is fastened, it will always be in the emergency locking mode.In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and theretractor will lock in position during a collision.If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling itout slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out againslowly.In some models (with automatic locking mode), when the seat belt is fastened, it willalways be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode bypulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortablemovement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic lockingmode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the morecomfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, levelarea, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend itaround you again.

qAutomatic Locking Modeí

Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting toan unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It willretract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on childrestraint (page 2-34).

2-26


íSome models.

Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (37,1)

Seat Belt (Except centre-rear position)

qFastening the Seat Belt

Seat belt buckle

Seat belt tongue

Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjust theshoulder belt so that it fits snugly againstyour body.

Keep low on hip bone

Take up slack

Too high

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.If the belt does not fully retract, pull it outand check for kinks or twists. Then makesure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTE

If a belt does not fully retract, inspect itfor kinks and twists. If it is still notretracting properly, have it inspected atan expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.


Seat Belt Systems

2-27


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (38,1)

When using the centre-rear seat belt, referto “Centre-Rear Position Seat Belt” (page2-31).To secure the rear outboard seat beltswhen not in use, insert the belts into theirseat belt retainers.

Seat belt retainer

qFront Shoulder Belt Adjuster

To raise To lower

Make sure the adjuster is locked.

Front Seat Belt Pretensionerand Load Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver andfront passenger seat belts are equippedwith pretensioner and load limitingsystems. For both these systems to workproperly you must wear the seat beltproperly.

Pretensioners:In moderate or severe frontal or near-frontal accidents, the front air bag andpretensioner systems deploysimultaneously. The front seat beltretractors remove slack quickly as the airbags are expanding. Any time the air bagsand seat belt pretensioners have fired theymust be replaced.

Load limiter:The load limiting system releases beltwebbing in a controlled manner to reducebelt force on the occupant's chest. Whilethe most severe load on a seat belt occursin frontal collisions, the load limiter hasan automatic mechanical function and canactivate in any accident mode withsufficient occupant movement.Even if the pretensioners have not fired,the load limiting function must bechecked by an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

2-28


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (39,1)

WARNINGWear seat belts only as recommendedin this owner's manual:Incorrect positioning of the driver andfront passenger seat belts isdangerous. Without properpositioning, the pretensioner and loadlimiting systems cannot provideadequate protection in an accidentand this could result in serious injury.For more details about wearing seatbelts, refer to “Fastening the seatbelts” (page 2-27).

Have your seat belts changedimmediately if the pretensioner or loadlimiter has been expended:Always have an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer immediately inspect the frontseat belt pretensioners and air bagsafter any collision. Like the air bags,the front seat belt pretensioners andload limiters will only function onceand must be replaced after anycollision that caused them to deploy.

Do not modify the components orwiring, or use electronic testingdevices on the pretensioner system:Modifying the components or wiringof the pretensioner system, includingthe use of electronic testing devices isdangerous. You could accidentallyactivate it or make it inoperable whichwould prevent it from activating in anaccident. The occupants or repairerscould be seriously injured.

WARNINGProperly dispose of the pretensionersystem:Improper disposal of the pretensionersystem or a vehicle with non-deactivated pretensioners isdangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury couldresult. Ask an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer how to safely dispose of thepretensioner system or how to scrap apretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTE

l The pretensioner system will activatein a moderate or greater frontal ornear-frontal collision. It will notactivate in most rollovers, side orrear impacts.

l Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will bereleased when the air bags andpretensioners deploy. This does notindicate a fire. This gas normally hasno effect on occupants, however,those with sensitive skin mayexperience light skin irritation. Ifresidue from the deployment of theair bags or the front pretensionersystem gets on the skin or in theeyes, wash it off as soon as possible.


Seat Belt Systems

2-29


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (40,1)

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition isswitched ON or after the engine iscranked. The warning light turns off aftera specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition isswitched ON. If any of these occur,consult an expert repairer, we recommendan Authorised Mazda Repairer as soon aspossible. The system may not operate inan accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer performall servicing and repairs:Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer as soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding:Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding is dangerous.In a collision, the air bags and thefront seat belt pretensioner system willnot deploy and this could result indeath or serious injury.Contact an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer to have the vehicle inspectedas soon as possible.

2-30


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (41,1)

Centre-Rear Position SeatBelt

Before using the centre-rear lap/shoulderbelt make sure tongue (A) and anchorbuckle (B) are fastened.

(B)

(A)

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the seat belt tongue (C).

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

3. Insert the seat belt tongue (C) into theseat belt buckle (D) until you hear aclick sound.

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

WARNINGFastening the Centre-Rear Seat Beltwith Only One Buckle:Fastening the centre-rear seat beltwith only one buckle is dangerous. Ifonly one pair of seat belt tongues andbuckles is fastened (either seat belttongue (C) and seat belt anchor buckle(D) or seat belt tongue (A) and seatbelt buckle (B)), then the seat beltcannot provide full protection. In asudden stop or collision, the usercould slide under the belt and sufferserious injuries. Always make surethat both pairs of seat belt tongues andbuckles are fastened properly.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Keep low on hip bone

Too high

Take up slack

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Refer to Unfastening the Seat Belt onpage 2-27.


Seat Belt Systems

2-31


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (42,1)

qRetracting the Centre Seat Belt toLower the Seatbacks forCarrying Cargo

To retract the centre belt and lower theseatbacks for carrying cargo, insert asmall object such as a key in the seat beltanchor buckle (B) slot.

(B)

(A)

CAUTIONAlways unfasten the lap portion of thebelt before folding the left-rearseatback. Leaving the lap portion of thebelt fastened could cause damage to theseat belt, seat belt buckle and seatback.

qStowing and Pulling Out theCentre-Rear Position Seat Belt

The centre-rear position seat belt can bestowed using the following procedure.

CAUTIONWhen stowing the seat belt, make surethe belt is locked securely into therecess. If the seat belt is not properlystowed, it might get caught in the seatsand be damaged.

To stow the seat belt, retract the belt, putthe seat belt tongues (A) and (C) togetherand insert them into the recess.

(A)

(C)

Ceiling recess

NOTE

To encourage rear seat passengers towear their seat belts, we suggest leavingthe centre-rear lap position of the beltfastened at all times except whenfolding the rear seat forward.

qRe-attaching the Seat Belt afterthe Rear Seatbacks are Returnedto Their Upright Positions

To re-attach the centre seat belt after therear seats are returned to their uprightpositions, grasp the seat belt tongue (A)and insert it into the seat belt anchorbuckle (B) until you hear a click sound. Itis now secure for passenger use.

NOTE

After returning the left-rear seatback toits upright position, fasten the lapportion of the belt.

2-32


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (43,1)

Seat Belt Warning Light

The seat belt warning light illuminates ifthe driver's seat belt is not fastened whenthe ignition switched ON.

Seat Belt ReminderIf the vehicle is driven with the driver'sseat belt unfastened, the seat belt warninglight illuminates and a warning chimesounds.

If the driver's seat belt is unfastened andthe vehicle is driven at a speed faster thanabout 20 km/h (12 mph), the warninglight will flash and a beep sound will beheard. After a short time, the warninglight stops flashing, but remainsilluminated, and the beep sound stops. If aseat belt remains unfastened, the warninglight flashes and the beep sound activatesagain for a given period of time.

Until a seat belt is fastened or a givenperiod of time has elapsed, the beep soundwill not stop even if the vehicle speedfalls below 20 km/h (12 mph).

NOTE

If a driver's seat belt is unfastened afterthe beep sound turns off (warning lightremains illuminated), and the vehiclespeed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), thewarning light flashes and beep soundactivates again.


Seat Belt Systems

2-33


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (44,1)

Child Restraint PrecautionsMazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to usethem.

Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safetyof children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the ageand size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individualchild-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts.

The child-restraint system should be installed on the rear seat.Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age-the more so with a supplementary restraint system (air bags).

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used in the front passenger seatwith the air bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seatfor other child-restraint systems.

WARNINGUse the correct size child-restraint system:For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must beproperly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age andsize. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint systembuckled down:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sureany child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle orfasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH ISOFIX anchors, and attach thecorresponding tether anchor.

2-34


Child Restraint


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (45,1)

WARNINGAlways secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. Nomatter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a suddenstop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or otheroccupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forcesthat could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammedinto an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Extreme Hazard! Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system on the frontpassenger seat with an air bag that could deploy:NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVEAIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.Vehicles with a front passenger air bag have a warning label attached as shown below.The warning label reminds you not to put a rear-facing child-restraint system on thefront passenger seat at any time.

Even in a moderate collision, the child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying airbag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.


Child Restraint

2-35


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (46,1)

WARNINGDo not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unlessit is unavoidable:In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death tothe child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seatis unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehiclewith side and curtain air bags:It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area ofthe front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge alongboth sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could causeserious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over oragainst the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate theadvantages of supplementary protection. With the front air bag and the additional sideair bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location forchildren. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the sidewindow, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.

Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child-restraint system:Child-restraint system anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposedby correctly installed child-restraint systems. Under no circumstances are they to beused for adult seat belts, harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to thevehicle.

Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback:Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous. In a collision thetether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child-restraint system.The child-restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child.

Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position:Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous. In acollision, the tether strap could come off and loosen the child-restraint system. If thechild-restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child.

2-36


Child Restraint


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (47,1)

CAUTIONA seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle duringwarm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your childtouches them.

NOTE

Your Mazda is equipped with ISOFIX anchors for attachment of ISOFIX child-restraintsystems in the rear. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system, refer to“ISOFIX Anchor-Secured Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-47).


Child Restraint

2-37


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (48,1)

Categories of Child-Restraint Systems

NOTE

When purchasing, ask the manufacturer of the child-restraint system which type of child-restraint system is appropriate for your child and vehicle.

Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of child-restraint systems inyour country.

2-38


Child Restraint


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (49,1)

Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Position

In this owner's manual, explanation ofchild-restraint systems secured with seatbelts is provided for the following threetypes of popular child-restraint systems:baby seat, child seat, junior seat.

NOTE

l Installation position is determined bythe type of child-restraint system.Always read the manufacturer'sinstructions and this owner's manualcarefully.

l Due to variations in the design ofchild-restraint systems, vehicle seatsand seat belts, all child-restraintsystems may not fit all seatingpositions. Before purchasing a child-restraint system, it should be testedin the specific vehicle seatingposition (or positions) where it isintended to be used. If a previouslypurchased child-restraint systemdoes not fit, you may need topurchase a different one that will.

Please comply with the legal regulationsconcerning the use of child-restraintsystems in your country.

qBaby Seat Installation Position

A baby seat is used in the rear-facingposition only.

WARNINGNever use a rear-facing child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seatprotected by an air bag:NEVER use a rearward facing childrestraint on a seat protected by anACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it,DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to theCHILD can occur.The child-restraint system can be hitby the deploying air bag and knockedout of position. A child in the child-restraint system could be seriouslyinjured or killed.


Child Restraint

2-39


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (50,1)

qChild Seat Installation Position

A child seat is used in front-facing andrear-facing positions depending on the ageand size of the child. When installing,follow the manufacturer's instructions inaccordance with the appropriate age andsize of the child as well as the directionsfor installing the child-restraint system.

Rear-facing type

WARNINGNever use a rear-facing child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seatprotected by an air bag:NEVER use a rearward facing childrestraint on a seat protected by anACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it,DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to theCHILD can occur.The child-restraint system can be hitby the deploying air bag and knockedout of position. A child in the child-restraint system could be seriouslyinjured or killed.

Front-facing type

WARNINGDo not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passengerseat unless it is unavoidable:In a collision, the force of a deployingair bag could cause serious injury ordeath to the child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on thefront passenger seat is unavoidable,move the front passenger seat as farback as possible.

qJunior Seat Installation Position

A junior seat is used in the front-facingposition only.

2-40


Child Restraint


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (51,1)

WARNINGDo not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passengerseat unless it is unavoidable:In a collision, the force of a deployingair bag could cause serious injury ordeath to the child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on thefront passenger seat is unavoidable,move the front passenger seat as farback as possible.


Child Restraint

2-41


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (52,1)

Child-Restraint System Suitability for Various SeatPositions Table

Provided information in the table shows your child-restraint system suitability for variousseating position. For installation suitability of other manufacturer child-restraint system,carefully consult the manufacturer's instructions which accompany the child-restraintsystem.

2-42


Child Restraint


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (53,1)

ISOFIX anchor-secured child-restraint systems

Mass groupSizeClass

Fixture

Seat Positions

Vehicle ISOFIXpositions Second-row seat

(centre)Third-row seat

Second-row seat(outboard)

Carrycot

F ISO/L1 X X X

G ISO/L2 X X X

(1) X X X

GROUP 0Up to 10 kg(up to 22 lb)

E ISO/R1 IL X X

(1) X X X

GROUP 0Up to 13 kg(up to 29 lb)

E ISO/R1 IL X X

D ISO/R2 IL X X

C ISO/R3 IL X X

(1) X X X

GROUP 19 kg― 18 kg(20 lb― 40 lb)

D ISO/R2 IL X X

C ISO/R3 IL X X

B ISO/F2 IUF X X

B1 ISO/F2X IUF X X

A ISO/F3 IUF X X

(1) X X X

GROUP 215 kg― 25 kg(33 lb― 55 lb)

(1) X X X

GROUP 322 kg― 36 kg(48 lb― 79 lb)

(1) X X X

(1) For the CRS which do not carry the ISO/XX size class identification (A to G), for the applicable mass group,the car manufacturer shall indicate the vehicle specific ISOFIX child-restraint system(s) recommended for eachposition.Key of letters to be inserted in the above table:IUF = suitable for ISOFIX forward child-restraints systems of universal category approved for use in this massgroup.IL = suitable for particular ISOFIX child-restraint systems (CRS).These ISOFIX CRS are those of the “specific vehicle”, “restricted” or “semi-universal” categories.An ISOFIX child-restraint system can be installed in the forward-facing position. Regarding child-restraintsystems which can be installed, refer to the accessories catalog.X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child-restraint systems in this mass group and/or this size class.


Child Restraint

2-43


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (54,1)

Except ISOFIX anchor-secured child-restraint systems

Systemgroup

Age groupWeightgroup

Child-re-straintsystemtype

Seat Positions

Frontpassenger

seat

Second-rowseat

(outboard)

Second-rowseat (centre)

Third-rowseat

GROUP 0Up to about 9months old

Up to 10kg

(up to 22lb)

Baby seat X U U U

GROUP0

Up to about 2years old

Up to 13kg

(up to 29lb)

Baby seat X U U U

GROUP 1About 8

months to 4years old

9 kg― 18kg

(20 lb―40 lb)

Child seat UF U U U

GROUP 2About 3 to 7years old

15 kg―25 kg

(33 lb―55 lb)

Junior seat UF U U U

GROUP 3About 6 to 12

years old

22 kg―36 kg

(48 lb―79 lb)

Junior seat UF U U U

Key of letters to be inserted in the above table:U = Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.UF = Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.

NOTE

When installing a child-restraint system, the following points must be observed:

l If the child-restraint system does not fit into the seatback because of the head restraint,adjust the head restraint height or remove the head restraint so that the child-restraintsystem fits into the seatback. However, when installing a booster seat, always installthe vehicle head restraint to the seat where the booster seat is installed.Refer to HeadRestraints on page 2-18.

l When installing a child-restraint system to a second-row seat or the third-row seat,adjust the front seat position so that the front seat does not contact the child-restraintsystem.Refer to Front Seat on page 2-2.

Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of child-restraint systems inyour country.

2-44


Child Restraint


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (55,1)

Installing Child-RestraintSystems

First, please verify which type of rear seatbelt is equipped on your vehicle byreferring to Seat Belt Precautions (page2-23).When installing a child-restraint systemusing a seat belt, follow the manufacture'sinstructions.Also refer to the ISOFIX anchor-securedchild restraint system instructions forsecuring ISOFIX child-restraint systems(page 2-47).

With automatic locking mode retractorseat belt

Refer to Second-row Seat Child-RestraintSystem Installation (Using automaticlocking mode) on page 2-45.

Without automatic locking moderetractor seat belt

When installing a child-restraint systemthat requires a tether, verify each of theanchor bracket locations by looking at theillustrations. Route the tether strapbetween the head restraint and theseatback.Second-row outboard seats

Tether strap

For leftFor right

qSecond-row Seat Child-RestraintSystem Installation (Usingautomatic locking mode)í

1. Make sure the seatback is securelylatched by pushing it back until it isfully locked.

2. Raise the head restraint to the toplocked position.Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-18.

3. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the instructions on the child-restraint system for belt routinginstructions.

4. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.


Child Restraint

2-45íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (56,1)

5. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Clickingfrom the retractor will be heard duringretraction if the system is in theautomatic locking mode. If the beltdoes not lock the seat down tight,repeat this step.

NOTE

Inspect this function before each use ofthe child-restraint system. You shouldnot be able to pull the shoulder belt outof the retractor while the system is inthe automatic locking mode. When youremove the child-restraint system, besure the belt fully retracts to return thesystem to emergency locking modebefore occupants use the seat belts.

6. If your child-restraint system requiresthe use of a tether strap, refer to themanufacturer's instructions to hook andtighten the tether strap.

Anchor bracket location

Tether strap position

Tether strap

Forward

2-46


Child Restraint


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (57,1)

ISOFIX Anchor-SecuredChild-Restraint Systems

Your Mazda is equipped with ISOFIXanchors for attachment of ISOFIX child-restraint systems in the outboard second-row seat.Contact your Authorised Mazda Dealerfor further information on the ISOFIXchild-restraint system.

WARNINGFollow the manufacturer'sinstructions for the use of the child-restraint system:An unsecured child-restraint system isdangerous. In a sudden stop or acollision it could move causing seriousinjury or death to the child or otheroccupants. Make sure any child-restraint system is properly secured inplace according to the manufacturer'sinstructions.

Make sure the child-restraint system isproperly secured:A child-restraint system that is notsecured is dangerous. In a sudden stopor collision, it can become a projectileand hit someone, causing seriousinjury. When not in use, remove itfrom the vehicle, put it in the boot/luggage compartment or at least makesure it is securely fastened to theISOFIX anchors.

WARNINGMake sure there are no seat belts orforeign objects near or around theISOFIX anchor-secured child-restraint system:Not following the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructionswhen installing the child-restraintsystem is dangerous. If seat belts or aforeign object prevent the child-restraint system from being securelyattached to the ISOFIX anchors andthe child-restraint system is installedimproperly, the child-restraint systemcould move in a sudden stop orcollision causing serious injury ordeath to the child or other occupants.When installing the child-restraintsystem, make sure there are no seatbelts or foreign objects near or aroundthe ISOFIX anchors. Always followthe child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

qChild-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure

1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.

2. Make sure the seatback is securelylatched by pushing it back until it isfully locked.


Child Restraint

2-47


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (58,1)

3. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the ISOFIXanchor.

NOTE

The markings above the ISOFIX anchorindicate the locations of the ISOFIXanchor for the attachment of a child-restraint system.

4. Raise the head restraint to the toplocked position.Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-18.

5. Secure the child-restraint system usingthe ISOFIX anchor, following thechild-restraint system manufacturer'sinstruction.

NOTE

If the connector for the child-restraintsystem does not reach the ISOFIXanchor, adjust the seatback angle.

6. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that probablymeans it is very important to properlysecure the tether for child safety. Pleasecarefully follow the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructionswhen installing tethers.

Anchor bracket location

Tether strap position

Tether strap

Forward

2-48


Child Restraint


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (59,1)

Supplementary Restraint System (SRS) PrecautionsThe front and side supplementary restraint systems (SRS) include up to 6 air bags. Pleaseverify which kinds of air bags are equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRSAIRBAG” location indicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bagsare installed.The air bags are installed in the following locations:

l The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)

l The front passenger instrument panel (front passenger air bag)

l The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)í

l The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)í

The air bag supplementary restraint systems are designed to provide supplementaryprotection in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.Seat belt usage is necessary to:

l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air baginflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal or side collisions that are notsevere enough to activate the air bags.

l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because theair bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.

A child who is too small to use a seat belt must be properly secured using a child-restraintsystem (page 2-34).

Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow theinstallation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.


SRS Air Bags

2-49íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (60,1)

WARNINGSeat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous. Alone,air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be expected toinflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal or side collisions that areat least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.

Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could behit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. A sleeping child ismore likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in moderate collisionto the front-passenger side of the vehicle. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12years and under on the rear seats with an appropriate child-restraint system for thechild's age and size.

Extreme Hazard! Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system on the frontpassenger seat with an air bag that could deploy:NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVEAIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.Even in a moderate collision, the child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying airbag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands orfeet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags inflatewith great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close. Thedriver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The front seatpassenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants should adjust theirseats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seatbelts worn properly.

2-50


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (61,1)

WARNINGSit in the centre of the seat and wear seat belts properly:Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleeping upagainst the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The side andcurtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the dooron the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close tothe door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of thefront seatbacks. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in thecentre of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bagsdeploy:Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placingsomething in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere withair bag inflation and injure the occupants.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of theseat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side airbag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the addedprotection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that isdangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats.Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in yourfront seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on thewindscreen glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roofedge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with thecurtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along theroof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirectingthe air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut openreleasing the gas.Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free todeploy in the event of a side collision.


SRS Air Bags

2-51


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (62,1)

WARNINGDo not touch the components of the supplementary restraint system after the air bagshave inflated:Touching the components of the supplementary restraint system after the air bagshave inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You couldget burned.

Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar, bullbar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The airbag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflateunexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident. Frontoccupants could be seriously injured.

Do not modify the suspension:Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or thesuspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collisionresulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of seriousinjuries.

Do not modify the supplementary restraint system:Modifying the components or wiring of the supplementary restraint system isdangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make anymodifications to the supplementary restraint system. This includes installing trim,badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extraelectrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer can provide the special care needed in theremoval and installation of front seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring andconnections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy and that the seats retainan undamaged air bag connection.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The componentsessential to the supplementary restraint system could be damaged, and in the event ofa side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in deathor serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplementaryrestraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats.

2-52


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (63,1)

NOTE

l When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will bereleased. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags maycause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systemsand that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, isimportant.

l This highly-visible label warns against the use of rear-facing child-restraint systemson the front passenger seat.


SRS Air Bags

2-53


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (64,1)

Supplementary Restraint System Components

Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bagsCrash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)Front seat belt pretensioners (page 2-28)Front air bag sensorSide crash sensorsí

Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-30)Side and curtain inflators and air bagsí

2-54


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (65,1)

How the SRS Air Bags WorkYour Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags aredesigned to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition tothe seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.

qFront Seat Belt Pretensioners

The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, nearfrontal collisions.

qDriver Air Bag

The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheel.When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, thedriver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chestcaused by directly hitting the steering wheel.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-58).


SRS Air Bags

2-55


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (66,1)

qFront Passenger Air Bag

The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger instrument panel.The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag,as mentioned above.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-58).

qSide Air Bagsí

The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, thesystem inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side airbag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused bydirectly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-58).

2-56


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (67,1)

qCurtain Air Bagsí

The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edgealong both sides.When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, thecurtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboardpassenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-58).In a side impact:Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag onthat side only to inflate.

The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light

Refer to Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light on page 2-30.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep

Refer to Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep on page 2-30.


SRS Air Bags

2-57íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (68,1)

SRS Air Bag Deployment CriteriaThis chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the typeof collision.(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)

SRSequipment

Types of collision

A severe frontal/near frontal collision A severe side collision A rear collision

Front seatbelt

pretensionerX (both sides)

No air bag and front seatbelt pretensioner will beactivated in a rear collision.

Driver airbag

X

Frontpassenger air

bagX

Side airbagí

X (impact side only)

Curtain airbagí

X (impact side only)

X : The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.

2-58


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (69,1)

Limitations to SRS Air BagIn severe collisions such as those described previously in “SRS Air Bag DeploymentCriteria”, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in some accidents,the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity.

Limitations to front/near front collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not bedetected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle

Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate

Limitations to side collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected assevere enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles


SRS Air Bags

2-59


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (70,1)

Roll-over

2-60


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (71,1)

MaintenanceThe air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,take your vehicle to an Authorised Mazda Repairer as soon as possible:

l The air bag system warning light flashes.

l The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.

l The air bag system warning beep sound is heard.

l The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON.

l The air bags have deployed.

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner systemcomponents:Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must bereplaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only atrained expert repairer, we recommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer can fullyevaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident. Drivingwith an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you thenecessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result inserious injury or death.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:Removing any components such as the front seats, front instrument panel, the steeringwheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge,containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air bagcomponents. The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries.Always have an Authorised Mazda Repairer remove these parts.

Dispose of the air bag properly:Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremelydangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask anAuthorised Mazda Repairer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an airbag equipped vehicle.


SRS Air Bags

2-61


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (72,1)

2-62


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (73,1)

3 Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

Keys ................................................................................................ 3-2Keys .......................................................................................... 3-2Keyless Entry System ............................................................... 3-3Maintenance .............................................................................. 3-6Service ...................................................................................... 3-8

Doors and Locks ........................................................................... 3-9Door Locks ............................................................................... 3-9Liftgate .................................................................................... 3-20Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-26Fuel-Filler Flap and Cap ......................................................... 3-29Bonnet ..................................................................................... 3-31Sunroofí ................................................................................. 3-32

Security System ........................................................................... 3-35Immobilizer System ................................................................ 3-35Theft-Deterrent System ........................................................... 3-37Double Locking Systemí ....................................................... 3-40

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-42Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-42Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-42

3-1íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (74,1)

Keys

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toy toplay with and could cause the powerwindows or other controls to operate,or even make the vehicle move.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the transmitter, DONOT:

l Drop the transmitter.

l Get the transmitter wet.

l Disassemble the transmitter.

l Expose the transmitter to hightemperatures on places such as theinstrument panel or bonnet, underdirect sunlight.

l Expose the transmitter to any kind ofmagnetic field.

Your Mazda includes any one of thefollowing key types.

A code number is stamped on the plateattached to the key set; detach this plateand store it in a safe place (not in thevehicle) for use if you need to make areplacement key.Also write down the code number andkeep it in a separate safe and convenientplace, but not in the vehicle.

If your key is lost, consult yourAuthorised Mazda Repairer and have yourcode number ready.

qRetractable Type Key

NOTE

Some types of key chains cannot beattached to the retractable type key. Inthis case, use the key ring provided withthe transmitter which has the key codenumber plate attached.

Key ring

3-2

Knowing Your Mazda

Keys


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (75,1)

Key code number plate

Operation indicator light

To extend the key, press the releasebutton.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holderwhile pressing the release button.

Keyless Entry SystemThis system uses the key buttons toremotely lock and unlock the doors andthe liftgate.Opening and closing of the power slidingdoors with the keyless entry systemtransmitter is also possible on powersliding door-equipped vehicles.Operating the theft-deterrent system isalso possible on theft-deterrent system-equipped vehicles.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

NOTE

l The keyless entry system is designedto operate up to 1 m (3 ft) fromaround the vehicle, but this may varydue to local conditions.

l The system does not operate whenthe ignition key is in the ignitionswitch.

l Doors and the liftgate cannot belocked by pressing the lock buttonwhile any other door or the liftgate isopen. The hazard warning lights willalso not flash.

l If the transmitter does not operatewhen pressing a button or theoperational range becomes too small,the battery may be dead. To install anew battery, refer to Maintenance(page 3-6).

l Additional transmitters can beobtained at an Authorised MazdaRepairer. Up to 3 retractable typekeys can be used with the keylessentry system per vehicle. Bring alltransmitters to an Authorised MazdaRepairer when additionaltransmitters are required.

Knowing Your Mazda

Keys

3-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (76,1)

qTransmitter

NOTE

l The hazard warning lights flashwhen the theft-deterrent system isarmed or turned off.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System onpage 3-37.

l The hazard warning lights can be setto not flash when the doors arelocked or unlocked.Refer to Personalisation Features onpage 10-9.

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe lock button and the hazard warninglights will flash once.

NOTE

l All doors and the liftgate cannot belocked when any door or the liftgateis open.

l Make sure all doors and the liftgateare locked after pressing the button.

l (With double locking system)Pressing the lock button twice within3 seconds will activate the system.Refer to Double Locking System onpage 3-40.

l When the doors are locked bypressing the lock button on thetransmitter while the theft-deterrentsystem is armed, the hazard warninglights will flash once to indicate thatthe system is armed.

Unlock button

To unlock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe unlock button and the hazard warninglights will flash twice.

3-4

Knowing Your Mazda

Keys


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (77,1)

NOTE

l (Auto re-lock function)After unlocking with the transmitter,all doors and the liftgate willautomatically lock if any of thefollowing operations are notperformed within about 30 seconds.If your vehicle has a theft-deterrentsystem, the hazard warning lightswill flash for confirmation.The time required for the doors tolock automatically can be changed.Refer to Personalisation Features onpage 10-9.

l A door or the liftgate is opened.l The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.

l When the doors are unlocked bypressing the unlock button on thetransmitter while the theft-deterrentsystem is turned off, the hazardwarning lights will flash twice toindicate that the system is turned off.

Sliding door buttonsí

If your Mazda has power sliding doors(page 3-14), the transmitter can open/close the sliding doors.

WARNINGAlways make sure that you watch thepower sliding doors close completelyand be sure your children do not haveaccess to the transmitter:Opening or closing the power slidingdoors with the keyless entry systemtransmitter while not watching thedoors move is dangerous. People oranimals could be injured when thedoors open along the rear sides andback to the rear wing, or in closing.Allowing children to use thetransmitter could result in seriousinjuries despite the jam-safe feature.Always be sure that the doorway andrear wing area are clear beforeactivating the power sliding doors andbe particularly careful when using thekeyless entry system transmitter. Besure to view the doors opening orclosing and do not operate a door oneither side if you cannot fully see it.

When a power sliding door is completelyclosed/opened and a power sliding dooropen/close transmitter button is pressed,the door opens/closes after the beepsounds.

Left sliding door button

Right sliding door button

Knowing Your Mazda

Keys

3-5íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (78,1)

NOTE

l When a power sliding door is notcompletely closed, pressing thepower sliding door open/closetransmitter button will open the doorcompletely.

l Press the button to stop the powersliding doors while they are opening/closing.

MaintenanceIf the buttons on the transmitter areinoperable and the operation indicatorlight does not flash, the battery may bedead.Replace with a new battery before thetransmitter becomes unusable.

CAUTIONl Make sure the battery is installedcorrectly. Battery leakage couldoccur if it is not installed correctly.

l When replacing the battery, becareful not to touch any of theinternal circuitry and electricalterminals, bend the electricalterminals, or get dirt in thetransmitter as the transmitter couldbe damaged.

l There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctly replaced.

l Dispose of used batteries accordingto the following instructions.

l Insulate the plus and minusterminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

l Never disassemble.l Never throw the battery into fire

or water.l Never deform or crush.

qRetractable Type Key

CAUTIONReplace only with the same type battery(CR1620 or equivalent).

3-6

Knowing Your Mazda

Keys


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (79,1)

Replacing the transmitter battery

1. Unfold the key (page 3-2).

2. Insert a small, flathead screwdriver intothe slot and push the tab to remove thekey from the transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a small, flathead screwdriver intothe slot and gently pry open thetransmitter.

4. Remove the battery.

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing down.

6. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

Knowing Your Mazda

Keys

3-7


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (80,1)

7. Align the key with the transmitter asshown in the figure, and insert the keyuntil a click sound is heard.

CAUTIONInsert the key into the transmittersecurely until a click sound is heard. Ifit is not inserted securely, it coulddetach from the transmitter.

ServiceIf you have a problem with the keylessentry system, consult an expert repairer,we recommend an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, consultan Authorised Mazda Repairer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user'sauthority to operate the equipment.

3-8

Knowing Your Mazda

Keys


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (81,1)

Door Locks

WARNINGAlways take all children and pets withyou or leave a responsible person withthem:Leaving a child or a pet unattended ina parked vehicle is dangerous. In hotweather, temperatures inside a vehiclecan become high enough to causebrain damage or even death.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled.

Always close all the windows, lock thedoors and take the key with you whenleaving your vehicle unattended:Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, whichcould result in death. Also, a vehicleleft unlocked becomes an easy targetfor thieves and intruders.

After closing the doors, always verifythat they are securely closed:Doors not securely closed aredangerous, if the vehicle is driven witha door not securely closed, the doorcould open unexpectedly resulting inan accident.

WARNINGAlways confirm the safety around thevehicle before opening a door:Suddenly opening a door isdangerous. A passing vehicle or apedestrian could be hit and cause anaccident.

CAUTIONAlways confirm the conditions aroundthe vehicle before opening/closing thedoors and use caution during strongwinds or when parked on an incline.Not being aware of the conditionsaround the vehicle is dangerous becausefingers could get caught in the door or apassing pedestrian could be hit,resulting in an unexpected accident orinjury.

NOTE

The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself outof the vehicle. All doors and the liftgatewill automatically unlock if they arelocked using the power door locks withany door or the liftgate open.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-9


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (82,1)

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when the driver's door islocked with the key. They all unlock whenthe driver's door is unlocked with the key.Turn the key toward the front to unlock,toward the back to lock.

UnlockLock

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter

All doors and the liftgate can be locked/unlocked by operating the keyless entrysystem transmitter, refer to Keyless EntrySystem (page 3-3).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

Front doors

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when the driver's door-lockknob is pushed. They all unlock when thedriver's door-lock knob is pulled out.

Unlock

Lock

To lock the front passenger door with thedoor-lock knob from the outside, push thedoor-lock knob to the lock position andclose the door (holding the door handlepulled is not required).

Door-lock knob

3-10

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (83,1)

NOTE

When locking the door this way:

l Be careful not to leave the key insidethe vehicle.

l The driver's door cannot be lockedusing the door-lock knob from theoutside.

Sliding doors

To lock a sliding door from the inside,slide the door-lock knob toward the front.To unlock, slide it toward the back.

UnlockLock

Door-lock knob

To lock a sliding door with the door-lockknob from the outside, slide the door-lockknob toward the front to the lock positionand close the door (pulling the doorhandle is not required).

Door-lock knob

qSliding Door Open/Close(Manual Operation)

WARNINGDo not leave a sliding door open whileparked on an incline:Leaving a sliding door open isdangerous. The door may openunexpectedly resulting in injury.

CAUTIONl When opening/closing a slidingdoor, follow the cautions below. Ifthe cautions are not heeded, hands,feet, or even a head may be caught ina door resulting in an injury.

l Use the door handle.l Keep your hands, feet, and head

away from the sliding dooropenings.

l Make sure that there is nothingbehind the sliding doors.

l Keep your hands and feet awayfrom the sliding door rails, armsand pillars.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-11


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (84,1)

CAUTIONl Make sure that there are no foreignobjects such as stone pebbles in thesliding door rails, arms, leads, andpillars. Lodged foreign objects maycause a sliding door to malfunction.

Pillar

ArmRail

Door handle

NOTE

When you leave the vehicle, stop theengine and lock the doors. And do notput valuables in your vehicle to preventtheft.

Opening/closing from inside

To open, pull the inner door handletoward the back.To close, push the inner door handletoward the front.

Open

Close

Opening/closing from outside

Pull the outer door handle and slide thedoor.

3-12

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (85,1)

NOTE

l The right sliding door cannot fullyopen when the fuel-filler flap isopen. Close the fuel filler flap beforeopening the sliding door.

l When closing the sliding door fromthe fully-opened position and fromoutside the vehicle, pull the outsidedoor handle outward to release thelatch, and slide the door toward thefront.

qRear Door Child Safety Locks

These locks are intended to help preventchildren from accidentally opening therear doors. Use them both whenever achild rides in the vehicle.

If you slide the child safety lock to thelock position before closing that door, thedoor cannot be opened from the inside.The door can be opened only by pullingthe outside handle.

Unlock

Lock

qEasy Closure (With PowerSliding Doors)

The Easy Closure system automaticallycloses the doors completely from the near-shut position.This system also operates when the doorsare closed manually.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-13


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (86,1)

WARNINGWhen closing a sliding door, alwayskeep hands and fingers away from thedoor:Placing hands or fingers around asliding door is dangerous because thedoor closes automatically from thenear-shut position, which could causehands and fingers to be pinched andinjured.

NOTE

If a door handle is pulled while the easyclosure function is operating, the easyclosure function can be stopped.

qPower Sliding Doorsí

The power sliding doors open/closeelectrically by operating switches in thevehicle or on the keyless entry systemtransmitter.To operate the power sliding doors withthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-3).

Electric power to the power sliding doorscan be switched on and off with the powersliding doors main switch.

On

Off

Power sliding doors main switch

Switch position Operation

On (Not pressed)Switches on electric powerto the power sliding doors.

Off (Pressed)Switches off electric powerto the power sliding doors.

WARNINGBe sure to watch the power slidingdoors as they open or close, and makesure that they close completely:Opening or closing the power slidingdoors while not watching the doorsmove is dangerous. People or animalscould be injured when the doors openalong the rear sides and back to therear wing, or in closing. Because ofunseen obstacles and the jam-safefeature, a door may not closecompletely and, if left unnoticed, couldresult in serious injury or death if anoccupant were to fall out of thevehicle.Always be sure that the doorway andrear wing area is clear beforeactivating the power sliding doors.

3-14

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (87,1)

WARNINGDo not allow passengers in thesecond-row seats to lean against thepower sliding doors while seated in thevehicle:Leaning against a power sliding doorwhile seated in the vehicle isdangerous as it may openunexpectedly resulting in a seriousaccident, injury, or death if anoccupant were to fall out of thevehicle. Always remain properly seatedwith the seat belt fastened.

Do not drive the vehicle while thepower sliding doors are opening orclosing:Driving the vehicle while the powersliding doors are opening or closing isdangerous. The doors will not closecompletely and this could result inserious injury or death if an occupantwere to fall out of the vehicle.Occupants in the vehicle will also nothave full protection in a collision.(The buzzer sounds continuously if thevehicle is driven with the doors notfully closed.)

Never allow children to operate thepower sliding door system:Allowing children to operate thepower sliding door switches and thekeyless entry system is dangerous.Children are not aware of the dangersof people getting fingers and handscaught in moving doors. In addition, apower sliding door may openunexpectedly resulting in a seriousaccident, injury, or death if a child orother occupant were to fall out of thevehicle.

WARNINGNever stick your head or hands out thepower sliding door windows:It is dangerous to stick your head orhands out the power sliding doorwindows while the doors are opening/closing. A head or hands could becaught resulting in serious injury.

Make sure that the door hascompletely opened before exiting orentering the vehicle on a steepdownward slope:Entering or exiting a vehicle parkedon a steep downward slope before thedoor has completely opened isdangerous. The door couldunexpectedly move down resulting inserious injury.

Always press the main switch for thepower sliding doors to the OFFposition when working on the vehicle:Leaving the main switch for the powersliding doors in the ON position whileworking on the vehicle is dangerous.If the open/close switches aremistakenly pressed, the power slidingdoors will slide and hands or headcould become caught resulting inpossible injury.

Do not leave a power sliding dooropen while parked on an incline:Leaving a power sliding door open isdangerous. The door may openunexpectedly resulting in injury.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-15


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (88,1)

NOTE

l When seating children in the secondor third-row seats, operate the reardoor child safety lock to lock thesliding doors, or press the mainswitch for the power sliding doors tothe OFF position. This will prevent achild or other occupant from fallingout of the vehicle even if the driverwere to inadvertently attempt to openthe power sliding doors using thedriver's open/close switches.

l Do not apply unnecessary force tothe doors when they are opening/closing electrically. Unnecessaryforce on the doors may cause them toreverse direction of movementautomatically.

l When the vehicle is parked on aslope, electrical opening/closing ofthe doors may not operate. When thedoors cannot be opened/closedelectrically, press the power slidingdoors main switch to the OFFposition and open/close the doorsmanually.

l If there is a malfunction with asliding door, the buzzer sounds forabout 3.5 seconds. If this occurs,there may be a problem with thesystem. Have the vehicle inspected atan expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

l The power sliding doors will notoperate unless they are unlocked,and the power sliding doors mainswitch is in the ON position.

NOTE

l If there is a problem with the powersliding doors and you want tooperate them manually, press thepower sliding doors main switch tothe OFF position and they can beoperated manually.

l If the power sliding doors mainswitch is pressed to the OFF positionwhile the doors are opening/closingelectrically, the beep sound will beheard and the sliding door(s) stop.If you press the power sliding doorsmain switch to the ON positionagain, the door(s) can be opened/closed electrically.

l If the door operation is switched tomanual operation while a slidingdoor is not fully open/closed, payattention to the door’s movementbecause it is not anchored.

l If the vehicle is stopped on an inclinewhile a power sliding door is half-open, the power sliding door will beimmobilized. The door isremobilized after about 30 minutesand will move in the tilt direction ofthe slope gradually. If a sliding doorhas been stopped, it can be operatedusing the power sliding doorswitches located at the driver's seat,the exterior door handle, or thetransmitter.

l The sliding doors can be openedusing the power sliding doorswitches located at the driver's seat,the transmitter, or the exterior doorhandles even when the child safetylocks are in the lock position (page3-13).

3-16

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (89,1)

NOTE

l The right power sliding door cannotfully open when the fuel-filler flap isopen. Close the fuel filler flap beforeopening the sliding door.

l Fully close the sliding doors beforedisconnecting the vehicle battery. Ifthe battery is disconnected with asliding door open, the sliding doorcannot be opened or closedautomatically after the battery isreconnected. If this happens,manually close the sliding door fullyto enable the auto sliding doorfunctions.

l If the battery is disconnected while asliding door is open (except whenthe door is fully open) the slidingdoor cannot be opened or closedeven manually until the battery isreconnected.

Opening/Closing the power slidingdoors

If the vehicle has satisfied all thefollowing operating conditions, the slidingdoors can be opened electrically.

Operating conditions

(1) The main switch is in the ONposition.

(2) The sliding doors are unlocked.

(3) If the vehicle has satisfied any of thefollowing conditions when theignition is switched ON and thevehicle speed is about 3.0 km/h(about 1.8 mph) or less.

l The engine is stopped.l When the engine is running, the

parking brake is set. (manualtransaxle)

l When the engine is running, theselect lever must be in the Pposition. (automatic transaxle)

When closing a sliding door electrically,the system operates regardless ofconditions (2) and (3) as long as condition(1) is satisfied.

NOTE

If condition (1) or (3) is not satisfiedwhile a power sliding door is openingelectrically, the beep sound will beheard and the door will stop slidingopen.When conditions (1) and (3) aresatisfied, you can resume power slidingdoor open/close operation with theswitches.

Operation from the driver's seat

Operate the left/right power sliding doorswitch to open/close the left/right door.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-17


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (90,1)

When either power sliding door switch ispressed, the door controlled by that switchwill open/close automatically after thebeep sound is heard.

Left and right power sliding door switches

NOTE

l If a power sliding door switch ispressed again while the beep soundis being heard, the operation can becancelled.

l If a power sliding door switch ispressed while the door is opening/closing, the slide door will stop and abeep sound will be heard.

Operation from the interior doorhandle

To open the sliding door automatically,pull the door handle toward the back anda beep sound will be heard.

To close the sliding door automatically,pull the door handle toward the front anda beep sound will be heard.

Close

Open

NOTE

If the door handle is pulled while apower sliding door is opening/closing,the door will stop and a beep sound willbe heard.

Operation from the exterior doorhandle

To open a power sliding door from thefully closed position, pull the door handle.A beep sound will be heard and the dooropens automatically.

3-18

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (91,1)

To close a power sliding door from thefully open position, pull the door handle.A beep sound will be heard and the doorcloses automatically.

NOTE

l When the door handle is pulled witha power sliding door in the half-openposition, the power sliding dooropens automatically.

l If the door handle is pulled while apower sliding door is opening/closing, the door will stop and a beepsound will be heard.

Jam-safe equipment

While a power sliding door is opening/closing electrically and the system detectsa person or an object in the power slidingdoor's path, the door will slide in thereverse direction automatically.

WARNINGAlways check the area around thepower sliding doors before opening/closing them:Not checking for occupants andobjects around a power sliding doorbefore opening/closing it is dangerous.The jam-safe equipment is designed toprevent jamming in the event anobstruction is in the sliding door'spath. However, if the jam-safefunction detects an obstruction andslides the door in the reverse direction,an occupant in the door's path couldbe seriously injured.

CAUTIONl Be careful not to allow the sensors tobe scratched or damaged by sharpobjects. A sensor is installed on thefront end of each power sliding door.

Sensor

l Be careful not to pinch your head ora hand in a power sliding door. Theupper and lower ends of the powersliding doors have areas whichcannot detect obstructions.

When the power sliding doors are slidingin the opening direction and anobstruction is detected in its path, the beepsound will be heard and the doors slide inthe opposite direction approximately 10cm (4 in) and stop. When the doors aresliding in the closing direction and anobstruction is detected, the beep soundwill be heard and the doors opencompletely.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-19


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (92,1)

NOTE

l The jam-safe function does notoperate while a power sliding door issliding between the slightly open andfully closed positions.

l If the power sliding door systemrepeatedly detects an obstruction inthe open/close directions for anumber of times, the door will bestopped.

l If the sensor has a malfunction, thebuzzer continues sounding while thesliding door closes electrically.Consult an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

Liftgate

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in theluggage compartment:Allowing a person to ride in theluggage compartment is dangerous.The person in the luggagecompartment could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Keep the liftgate closed when driving:Exhaust gas entering the cabin of avehicle through an open liftgate isdangerous. This gas contains CO(carbon monoxide), which iscolourless, odourless, and highlypoisonous. If inhaled, it can cause lossof consciousness and death.

Do not stack or leave loaded luggageunsecured in the luggagecompartment:Otherwise, the luggage may move orcollapse, resulting in injury or anaccident. In addition, do not loadluggage higher than the seatbacks. Itmay affect the side or rear field ofview.

3-20

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (93,1)

CAUTIONl Before opening the liftgate, removeany snow and ice accumulation on it.Otherwise, the liftgate could closeunder the weight of the snow and iceresulting in injury.

l Be careful when opening/closing theliftgate during strong winds. If astrong gust blows against the liftgate,it could close suddenly resulting ininjury.

l Fully open the liftgate and make surethat it stays open. If the liftgate isonly opened partially, it could slamshut by vibration or wind gustsresulting in injury.

l When loading or unloading luggagein the luggage compartment, turn offthe engine. Otherwise, you could getburned by the heat of the exhaustgas.

l Be careful not to apply excessiveforce to the damper stay on theliftgate such as by putting your handon the stay. Otherwise, the damperstay may bend and affect the liftgateoperation.

Damper stay

CAUTIONl Do not modify or replace the liftgatedamper stay. Consult an expertrepairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer if aliftgate damper stay is deformed ordamaged for reasons such as acollision or if there is some otherproblem.

qOpening and Closing the Liftgate

Opening the liftgate with Electricliftgate opener

Grasp the lower end of the liftgate, pressthe electric liftgate opener on the liftgate,and then raise the liftgate when the latchreleases.

Electric liftgate opener

While the ignition is switched ON, theliftgate can be opened only when thevehicle is stopped with the parking brakeapplied.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-21


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (94,1)

NOTE

l When the liftgate latch is released bypressing the electric liftgate opener,the liftgate raises slightly to allow itto be opened. If the liftgate is notoperated for a certain period of timeafter the electric liftgate opener hasbeen pressed, the liftgate cannot beraised any more from its slightlyraised position. Press the electricliftgate opener again to fully openthe liftgate. To close the liftgate fromits slightly raised position, open itfirst by pressing the electric liftgateopener, and waiting for 2 seconds orlonger then close it.

l The sound of the latch may be heardfor a few seconds after the electricliftgate opener has been pressed,however, this does not indicate amalfunction.

When the liftgate cannot be opened

If the vehicle battery is dead or there is amalfunction in the electrical system andthe liftgate cannot be opened, perform thefollowing procedure as an emergencymeasure to Open it:

1. Remove the cap on the interior surfaceof the liftgate with a flatheadscrewdriver.

Cover

2. Turn the lever to the right to unlock theliftgate.

Lever

After performing this emergency measure,have the vehicle inspected at an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer as soon as possible.

3-22

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (95,1)

Closing the liftgate

To close, lower the liftgate slowly usingthe liftgate grip recess, and then push theliftgate closed using both hands.Do not slam it. Pull up on the liftgate tomake sure it is secure.

Liftgate grip recess

qLuggage Compartment Coverí

WARNINGDo not place anything on top of thecover:Placing luggage or other cargo on topof the luggage compartment cover isdangerous. During sudden braking ora collision, the cargo could become aprojectile that could hit and injuresomeone. The vehicle has a lightweight luggage compartment cover tokeep the contents of your luggage areaout of sight; it will not retain heavyobjects that are not tied down in anaccident such as a rollover. Tie downall heavy objects, whether luggage orcargo, using the tie down hooks.

Make sure luggage and cargo aresecured before driving:Not securing cargo while driving isdangerous as it could move or becrushed during sudden braking or acollision and cause injury.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-23íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (96,1)

CAUTIONl Make sure the luggage compartmentcover is firmly secured. If it is notfirmly secured, it could unexpectedlydisengage resulting in injury.

l Reclining the second-row seats whenthe luggage compartment cover is inthe first position could damage theseat and cover. Remove the cover ormove it to the second position.

l Before using the third-row seat,remove the luggage compartmentcover and install the caps. Sitting inthe third-row seat without the capsinstalled could result in injury if youwere to hit them.

Luggage compartment cover

Removing the cover

1. Squeeze the spring holders on bothends of the retractor bar inward andremove the cover.

2. Install the caps.

NOTE

Installing the caps to the wrongpositions may cause the caps to bend orcrack. Install the caps to the positionsindicated on the back of the caps.

Cap

Storing the cover

Fold the lip of the cover under the storageunit and attach the Velcro strip.

Velcro strip

3-24

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (97,1)

Installing the cover

NOTE

The luggage compartment cover can beset in two positions depending on therear seat recline position or the quantityof luggage.

1. Remove the caps with a cloth-wrappedflathead screwdriver to prevent damageto the caps.

2. Squeeze the spring holders on bothends of the retractor bar inward.

Spring holders

3. Insert the retractor bar into one of thetwo positions.

4. Attach the clips to the head restraint.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-25


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (98,1)

5. Slowly pull out the cover and insert itinto the retainers. Power Windows

The ignition must be switched ON for thepower windows to operate.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head, oreven neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injury oreven death. This warning appliesespecially to children.

Never allow children to play withpower window switches:Power window switches that are notlocked with the power window lockswitch would allow children to operatepower windows unintentionally whichcould result in serious injury if achild's hands, head or neck becomescaught by the window.

CAUTIONTo prevent burning out the fuse anddamaging the power window system,do not open or close more than threewindows at once.

3-26

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (99,1)

NOTE

When driving with only one of the rearwindows open, your ears mightexperience a resonating sound.However, this does not indicate aproblem. The sound can be reduced byslightly opening a front window or bychanging the size of the rear windowopening.

qOperating the Power Windows

NOTE

l Each passenger window can beoperated with each door switch whenthe power window lock switch onthe driver's door is in the unlockedposition (page 3-29).

l Each passenger window can also beoperated using the master controlswitches on the driver's door.

Master control switches

Left front window

Left rear window

Right front window

Right rear window

Normal opening/closing

To open the window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Open

Close

Master control switches

Right front window

Open

Close

Front/rear passenger switch

Auto-opening/closing (Driver's window)

To fully open the window automatically,press the switch completely down.To fully close the window automatically,pull the switch completely up.

To stop the window partway, pull or pressthe switch in the opposite direction andthen release it.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-27


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (100,1)

Power window system initializationprocedure

If the battery was disconnected duringvehicle maintenance, or for other reasons(such as a switch continues to be operatedafter the window is fully open/closed), thewindow will not fully open and closeautomatically.Carry out the following procedure toresume operation.

1 Switch the ignition ON.

2 Make sure that the power window lockswitch located on the driver's door isnot depressed.

3 Press the switch and fully open thewindow.

4 Pull up the switch to fully close thewindow and continue holding theswitch for about 2 seconds after thewindow fully closed.

Two-step down function

With the window completely closed, pressthe switch lightly and the window willopen and stop about 3 cm (1 in) from thetop.If you continue to press and hold theswitch, the window will resume openingall the way.

NOTE

l Pressing the power window switchonce when the window is fullyclosed will only open it about 3 cm(1 in) to allow convenient ventilationof the cabin.

l The two-step down function can becancelled.Refer to PersonalisationFeatures on page 10-9.

Jam-safe window

If a person's hands, head or an objectblocks the window during the auto-closing operation, the window will stopand open halfway.

WARNINGMake sure nothing blocks the windowjust before it reaches the fully closedposition or while holding up the powerwindow switch:Blocking the power window justbefore it reaches the fully closedposition or while holding up the powerwindow switch is dangerous.In this case, the jam-safe functioncannot prevent the window fromclosing all the way. If fingers arecaught, serious injuries could occur.

NOTE

l The jam-safe function may operateunder the following conditions:

l A strong impact is detected whilethe window is closingautomatically.

l Window is closing automaticallyin very low temperatures.

l In the event the jam-safe functionactivates and the power windowcannot be closed automatically, pulland hold the switch fully and thewindow will close.

l The jam-safe window function doesnot operate until the system has beenreset.

3-28

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (101,1)

Engine-off power window operation

The power window can be operated forabout 40 seconds after the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or off with alldoors closed. If any door is opened, thepower window will stop operating.

NOTE

l For engine-off operation of thepower window, the switch must beheld up firmly throughout windowclosure because the auto-closingfunction will be inoperable.

l The two-step down function isinoperable during engine-offoperation.

qPower Window Lock Switch

This feature prevents all power windowsfrom operating, except the driver's powerwindow. Keep this switch in the lockedposition while children are in the vehicle.Locked position (button depressed):Only the driver's power window can beoperated.Unlocked position (button notdepressed):All power windows on each door can beoperated.

Locked position

Unlocked position

Fuel-Filler Flap and Cap

WARNINGWhen removing the fuel cap, loosenthe cap slightly and wait for anyhissing to stop. Then remove it:Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel canburn skin and eyes and cause illness ifingested. Fuel spray is released whenthere is pressure in the fuel tank andthe fuel cap is removed too quickly.

Before refuelling, stop the engine, andalways keep sparks and flames awayfrom the filler neck:Fuel vapour is dangerous. It could beignited by sparks or flames causingserious burns and injuries.Additionally, use of the incorrect fuelfiller cap or not using a fuel filler capmay result in fuel leak, which couldresult in serious burns or death in anaccident.

Do not continue refuelling after thefuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically:Continuing to add fuel after the fuelpump nozzle has shut offautomatically is dangerous becauseoverfilling the fuel tank may causefuel overflow or leakage. Fueloverflow and leakage could damagethe vehicle and if the fuel ignites itcould cause a fire and explosionresulting in serious injury or death.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-29


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (102,1)

CAUTIONAlways use only a designated Mazdafuel cap or an approved equivalent,available at an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer. The wrong cap can result in aserious malfunction of the fuel andemission control systems.

qFuel-Filler Flap

To open, pull the remote fuel-filler flaprelease.

Remote fuel-filler flap release

NOTE

The fuel-filler flap cannot be openedwhen the right-side sliding door isopen. Close the sliding door to open thefuel-filler flap.

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn itanticlockwise.Attach the removed cap to the inner sideof the fuel flap.

To close the fuel-filler cap, turn itclockwise until a click is heard.

Open Close

3-30

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (103,1)

Bonnet

WARNINGAlways check that the bonnet is closedand securely locked:A bonnet that is not closed andsecurely locked is dangerous as itcould fly open while the vehicle ismoving and block the driver's visionwhich could result in a seriousaccident.

qOpening the Bonnet

1. With the vehicle parked, pull therelease handle to unlock the bonnet.

2. Insert your hand into the bonnetopening, slide the bonnet latch lever,and lift the bonnet.

3. Grasp the support rod in the paddedarea and secure it in the support rodhole indicated by the arrow to hold thebonnet open.

Support rod

Clip

Pad

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-31


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (104,1)

qClosing the Bonnet

1. Check under the bonnet area to makecertain all filler caps are in place andall loose items (e.g. tools, oilcontainers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Lift the bonnet, grasp the padded areaon the stay, and secure the stay in theclip. Verify that the support rod issecured in the clip before closing thebonnet.

Pad

3. Lower the bonnet slowly to a height ofabout 20 cm (7.9 in) above its closedposition and then let it drop.

CAUTIONWhen closing the bonnet, do not push itexcessively such as by applying yourweight. Otherwise, the bonnet could bedeformed.

Sunroofí

The sunroof can be opened or closedelectrically only when the ignition isswitched ON.

Tilt switch

Slide switch

WARNINGDo not let passengers stand up orextend part of the body through theopen sunroof while the vehicle ismoving:Extending the head, arms, or otherparts of the body through the sunroofis dangerous. The head or arms couldhit something while the vehicle ismoving. This could cause seriousinjury or death.

Make sure the opening is clear beforeclosing the sunroof:A closing sunroof is dangerous. Thehands, head, or even neck of a person,especially a child, could be caught in itas it closes, causing serious injury oreven death.

3-32

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (105,1)

NOTE

Before washing your Mazda, make surethe sunroof is completely closed so thatwater does not get inside the cabin area.After washing your Mazda or after itrains, wipe the water off the sunroofbefore operating it to avoid waterpenetration which could cause rust andwater damage to your headliner.

qTilt Operation

The rear of the sunroof can be tilted opento provide more ventilation.

To fully tilt automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the tilt switch.To stop tilting partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the tilt or slide switch.

CloseClose

Tilt up

qSlide Operation

To fully open automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the slide switch.To stop sliding partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the tilt or slide switch.

Close

Open

Close

qPower Sunroof Re-set Procedure

If the battery is disconnected, the sunroofwill not operate. The sunroof will notoperate correctly until it is re-set. Carryout the following procedure to re-set thesunroof and resume operation:

1. Switch the ignition ON.

2. Press and hold the front of the SLIDEswitch with the sunroof closedcompletely. The sunroof lowers slightlyand returns to its original positionwhen the re-setting is finished.

NOTE

Re-set cannot be performed with thesunroof open. Close the sunroofcompletely before re-setting.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-33


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (106,1)

qSunshade

The sunshade can be opened and closedby hand.

The sunshade opens automatically whenthe sunroof is opened, but must be closedby hand.

Sunshade

CAUTIONl The sunshade does not tilt. To avoiddamaging the sunshade, do not pushup on it.

l Do not close the sunshade while thesunroof is opening. Trying to forcethe sunshade closed could damage it.

3-34

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (107,1)

Immobilizer SystemThe immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with a key the systemrecognises.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognised key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

CAUTIONl Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

l To avoid damage to the key, do not:

l Drop the key.l Get the key wet.l Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.l Expose the key to high

temperatures on places such as theinstrument panel or bonnet, underdirect sunlight.

l If the engine does not start with thecorrect key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

CAUTIONWhen starting the engine do not allowthe following, as the engine may notstart due to the electronic signal fromthe ignition key not being transmittedcorrectly.

l A key ring rests on the key grip.

l Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

l Spare keys or keys for other vehiclesequipped with an immobilizersystem touch or come near the key.

l Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the key.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-35


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (108,1)

NOTE

l The keys carry a unique electroniccode. For this reason, and to assureyour safety, obtaining a replacementkey requires some waiting time.They are only available through anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

l Always keep a spare key in case oneis lost. If a key is lost, consult anAuthorised Mazda Repairer as soonas possible.

l If you lose a key, an AuthorisedMazda Repairer will reset theelectronic codes of your remainingkeys and immobilizer system. Bringall the remaining keys to anAuthorised Mazda Repairer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key thathas not been reset is not possible.

qOperation

NOTE

Signals from a TVor radio station, orfrom a transceiver or mobile telephonecould interfere with your immobilizersystem. If you are using the proper keyand the engine fails to start, check thesecurity indicator light.

Arming

The system is armed when the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or off.The security indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes every 2 secondsuntil the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionis switched ON with the correctprogrammed key. The security indicatorlight illuminates for about 3 seconds andthen turns off. If the engine does not startwith the correct key, and the securityindicator light remains illuminated orflashing, try the following:Remove the key and wait for about 2seconds, reinsert the key, and then restartthe engine.If the engine does not start after 3 or moretries, contact an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

3-36

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (109,1)

NOTE

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving,do not shut off the engine. Go to anAuthorised Mazda Repairer and haveit checked. If the engine is shut offwhile the indicator light is flashing,you will not be able to restart it.

l Because the electronic codes arereset when the immobilizer system isrepaired, the keys are needed. Makesure to bring all the keys to anAuthorised Mazda Repairer so thatthey can be programmed.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Theft-Deterrent SystemIf the theft deterrent system detects aninappropriate entry into the vehicle, thealarm alerts the surrounding area of anabnormality by sounding the horn andflashing the hazard warning lights.Refer to Operation on page 3-37.

NOTE

l The theft-deterrent system operateswith the key or the keyless entrysystem transmitter.Refer to Keyless Entry System onpage 3-3.

l The system will not function unlessit is properly armed. To properlysecure the vehicle, always make sureall the windows are completelyclosed and all doors and the liftgateare locked before leaving the vehicle.Remember to take your key andtransmitter.

qOperation

System triggering conditions

The horn sounds intermittently and thehazard warning lights flash for about 30seconds when the system is triggered byany one of the following:

l Forcing open a door, the bonnet or theliftgate.

l Unlocking a door, or the liftgate byoperating an inside door-lock knob.

l Opening the bonnet by operating thebonnet release handle.

l Switching the ignition ON without thekey.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-37


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (110,1)

If the system is triggered again, the lightsand horn will activate until a door or theliftgate is unlocked with the key or withthe transmitter.

NOTE

If the battery goes dead while the theft-deterrent system is armed, the horn willactivate and the hazard warning lightswill flash when the battery is charged orreplaced.

qHow to Arm the System

1. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

2. Close the bonnet. Then close and lockall doors and the liftgate from theoutside using the key. If you have thekeyless entry system, press the lockbutton on the transmitter.The hazard warning lights will flashonce.

The theft deterrent system can also bearmed by activating the auto re-lockfunction with all the doors, the liftgateand the bonnet closed.

NOTE

The security indicator light in theinstrument panel flashes twice persecond for 20 seconds.

3. After 20 seconds, the system is fullyarmed.

NOTE

l Locking the doors with the insidedoor-lock knob will not arm thesystem.

l (Auto re-lock function)After unlocking with the transmitter,all doors and the liftgate willautomatically lock if any of thefollowing operations are notperformed within about 30 seconds.

l A door or the liftgate is opened.l The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.

l The system will disarm if one of thefollowing operations takes placewithin 20 seconds after closing andlocking all the doors and the liftgate:

l Pressing the unlock button on thetransmitter.

l Any door or the liftgate is opened.l Unlocking a door with the inside

door-lock knob.l Unlocking the driver's door with

the key.l The bonnet is opened.l The key is inserted in the ignition

switch.l The ignition is switched ON.

To rearm the system, do the armingprocedure again.

l When the doors are locked bypressing the lock button on thetransmitter or using the key while thetheft-deterrent system is armed, thehazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that the system is armed.

3-38

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (111,1)

qTo Turn Off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by anyone of the following methods:

l Unlock the driver's door with the key.

l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l Insert the key into the ignition switchand switch it ON.

NOTE

When the doors are unlocked bypressing the unlock button on thetransmitter or using the key while thetheft-deterrent system is turned off, thehazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that the system is turned off.

qTo Stop an Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off byany one of the following methods:

l Unlock the driver's door or the liftgatewith the key.

l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

NOTE

l The alarm stops when the engine isstarted with the ignition key.

l If you have any problem with thetheft-deterrent system, consult anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-39


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (112,1)

Double Locking Systemí

The double locking system is designed toprevent someone who has broken intoyour vehicle from opening the door fromthe inside.

WARNINGNever activate the double lockingsystem with passengers, especiallychildren, still inside the vehicle:Activating the system with passengers,especially children, still inside thevehicle is dangerous. The passengerscannot open the doors from inside.They would be trapped and subjectedto extreme temperatures. This couldresult in serious injuries or evendeath.

qHow to Activate the System

1. Close all the windows.

2. Switch the ignition off and take the keywith you.

3. Close all doors and liftgate.

4. Insert the key in the driver's door, turnthe key to the lock position, and returnit to the centre position. Then turn it tothe lock position again within 3seconds.

Centre Position

Lock Position

NOTE

You can also activate the system bypressing the lock button on thetransmitter twice within 3 seconds.

5. The indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds to indicate that thesystem has been activated.

NOTE

The system cannot be activated whenany door or the liftgate is open.

3-40

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Security System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (113,1)

qHow to Deactivate the System

Unlock the driver's door or switch theignition ON.

NOTE

l If the power supply is interrupted(fuse blows or the battery isdisconnected), the system can onlybe deactivated by unlocking a doorwith the key.

l If you have any problems with thedouble locking system, consult anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-41


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (114,1)

Steering Wheel

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving:Adjusting the steering wheel while thevehicle is moving is dangerous.Moving it can very easily cause thedriver to abruptly turn to the left orright. This can lead to loss of controlor an accident.

qSteering Wheel Adjustment

To change the angle or length of thesteering wheel:

1. Stop the vehicle, pull up the lockrelease lever under the steeringcolumn.

Lock release lever

2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust thesteering column length to the desiredpositions, push the lever down to lockthe column.

3. Push the wheel up and down to becertain it's locked before driving.

Mirrors

qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

WARNINGBe sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:Changing lanes without taking intoaccount the actual distance of thevehicle in the convex mirror isdangerous. You could have a seriousaccident. What you see in the convexmirror is closer than it appears.

NOTE

(Driver's Side Wide Angle Mirrorí)

l The wide angle mirror has twocurvatures on its surface separated bya region line into outer and innerregions. The inner region is astandard convex mirror whereas theouter region allows for a wider rangeof visibility within the same sweep.This combination allows for betterassurance when making lanechanges.

Region line

3-42

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Steering Wheel and Mirrors


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (115,1)

NOTE

l The perceived distance of objects inthe outer and inner regions of thewide angle mirror is different.Objects appearing in the outer regionare actually further away than theyare in the inner region.

Power mirror

The ignition must be switched to ACC orON position.

To adjust:

1. Press the left or right side of theselector switch to choose the left orright side mirror.

2. Depress the mirror switch in theappropriate direction.

Mirror switch

Selector switch Outside mirror

After adjusting the mirror, lock the controlby placing the selector switch in themiddle position.

Folding mirror

WARNINGAlways return the outside mirrors tothe driving position before you startdriving:Driving with the outside mirrorsfolded in is dangerous. Your rear viewwill be restricted, and you could havean accident.

Power folding mirror

The ignition must be switched to ACC orON position.

To fold, press the switch.

To return the mirror to the drivingposition, press the switch again.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-43


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (116,1)

WARNINGDo not touch a power fold-in mirrorwhile it is moving:Touching the power fold-in mirrorwhen it is moving is dangerous. Yourhand could be pinched and injured orthe mirror could be damaged.

Use the power fold-in switch to set themirror to the on-road position:Setting the power fold-in mirror to theon-road position by hand isdangerous. The mirror will not lock inposition and will prevent effectiverearview visibility.

Only operate the power fold-in mirrorwith the vehicle safely parked:Operating the power fold-in mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Wind blast on the mirrorwill cause them to collapse and youwill be unable to return it to the on-road position, preventing rearviewvisibility.

Engine-off outside mirror operation

The outside mirrors can be operated forabout 40 seconds after the ignition isswitched from ON to off.

qRearview Mirror

WARNINGDo not stack cargo or objects higherthan the seatbacks:Cargo stacked higher than theseatbacks is dangerous. It can blockyour view in the rearview mirror,which might cause you to hit anothercar when changing lanes.

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirrorto centre on the scene through the rearwindow.

NOTE

For the manual antidazzle mirror,perform the adjustment with theantidazzle lever in the day position.

3-44

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (117,1)

Reducing glare from headlights

Manual antidazzle mirror

Push the antidazzle lever forward for daydriving. Pull it back to reduce glare ofheadlights from cars at the rear.

Night

Day

Antidazzle lever

Auto-dimming mirror

The auto-dimming mirror automaticallyreduces glare of headlights from cars atthe rear when the ignition is switched ON.

Press the ON/OFF button to cancel theautomatic dimming function. Theindicator light will turn off.To reactivate the automatic dimmingfunction, press the ON/OFF button .The indicator light will illuminate.

ON/OFF buttonIndicator light

NOTE

Do not use glass cleaner or suspendobjects on or around the light sensor.Otherwise, light sensor sensitivity willbe affected and may not operatenormally.

Light sensor

The auto-dimmer function is cancelledwhen the ignition is switched ON andthe shift lever is in reverse (R).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-45


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (118,1)

3-46


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (119,1)

4 Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3Engine Exhaust (Carbon monoxide) ......................................... 4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6Running-In Period ..................................................................... 4-6Saving Fuel and Protection of the Environment ....................... 4-6Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-8Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-9Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-9Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-11

4-1


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (120,1)

Fuel RequirementsVehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

FuelResearch Octane

NumberCountry

Premium unleaded fuel 95 or aboveIndonesia, Singapore, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Macau,Brunei, South Africa

Regular unleaded fuel 90 or above Fiji, Papua New Guinea

Fuel with a lower rating will negatively affect the emission control system performance andcould also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

CAUTIONl USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead todeterioration of the emission control system and or failures.

l Never add fuel system additives. Otherwise, the emission control system could bedamaged. Consult an expert repairer, we recommend an Authorised Mazda Repairerfor details.

4-2

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (121,1)

Emission Control SystemYour vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part ofthis system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissionsrequirements.

WARNINGNever park over or near anything flammable:Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even withthe engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and couldignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTIONIgnoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst insidethe converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage theconverter and cause poor performance.

l USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

l Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.

l Do not coast with the ignition switched off.

l Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off.

l Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.

l Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by a qualified technician.

l Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.



4-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (122,1)

Engine Exhaust (Carbon monoxide)

WARNINGDo not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which iscolourless, odourless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss ofconsciousness and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep allwindows fully open and contact an expert repairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaustgas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss ofconsciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air whenidling the engine:Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed andthe engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which containspoisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or evendeath could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,before starting the engine:Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaustpipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Becauseexhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss ofconsciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4




Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (123,1)

Before Getting Inl Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,and outside lights are clean.

l Inspect inflation pressures andcondition of tyres.

l Look under the vehicle for any sign offluid leaks.

l If you plan to back up, make surenothing is in your way.

NOTE

Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutchfluid, washer fluid, and other fluidlevels should be inspected daily,weekly, or at refuelling, depending onthe fluid. See Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting Inl Are all doors closed?

l Is the seat adjusted properly?

l Are the inside and outside mirrorsadjusted?

l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?

l Check all gauges.

l Check all warning lights when theignition is switched ON.

l Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with yourMazda.


Before Starting the Engine

4-5


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (124,1)

Running-In PeriodNo special running-in is necessary, but afew precautions in the first 1,000 km (600miles) may add to the performance,economy, and life of your Mazda.

l Do not race the engine.

l Do not maintain one constant speed,either slow or fast, for a long period oftime.

l Do not drive constantly at full-throttleor high engine rpm for extendedperiods of time.

l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.

l Avoid full-throttle starts.

l Do not tow a trailer.

Saving Fuel and Protectionof the Environment

How you operate your Mazda determineshow far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Usethese suggestions to help save fuel andreduce CO2.

l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engineruns smoothly, begin driving.

l Avoid fast starts.

l Drive at lower speeds.

l Anticipate when to apply the brakes(avoid sudden braking).

l Keep the engine tuned. Follow themaintenance schedule (page 8-3) andhave an expert repairer, we recommendan Authorised Mazda Repairer performinspections and servicing.

l Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

l Slow down on rough roads.

l Keep the tyres properly inflated.

l Do not carry unnecessary weight.

l Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving.

l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.

l Keep windows closed at high speeds.

l Slow down when driving in crosswindsand headwinds.

4-6


Driving Tips


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (125,1)

WARNINGNever stop the engine when goingdown a hill:Stopping the engine when going downa hill is dangerous. This causes theloss of power steering and powerbrake control, and may cause damageto the drivetrain. Any loss of steeringor braking control could cause anaccident.

Hazardous Driving

WARNINGBe extremely careful if it is necessaryto downshift on slippery surfaces:Downshifting into lower gear whiledriving on slippery surfaces isdangerous. The sudden change in tyrespeed could cause the tyres to skid.This could lead to loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

When driving on ice or in water, snow,mud, sand, or similar hazards:

l Be cautious and allow extra distancefor braking.

l Avoid sudden braking and suddenmanoeuvring.

l Do not pump the brakes. Continue topress down on the brake pedal.Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) on page 5-18.

l If you get stuck, select a lower gear andaccelerate slowly. Do not spin the frontwheels.

l For more traction in starting onslippery surfaces such as ice or packedsnow, use sand, rock salt, chains,carpeting, or other nonslip materialunder the front wheels.

NOTE

Use snow chains only on the frontwheels.


Driving Tips

4-7


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (126,1)

Floor MatWe recommend the use of GenuineMazda floor mats.

WARNINGMake sure the floor mats are securedwith the hooks or the retainers toprevent them from bunching up underthe foot pedals (Driver's side):Using a floor mat that is not secured isdangerous as it will interfere with theaccelerator and brake pedal operation(driver's side), which could result inan accident.

Only use a floor mat which conformsto the shape of the floor on the driver'sside and make sure it is orientedcorrectly.Secure the floor mat using the hooksor retainers.There are various ways to secure floormats depending on the type used,therefore secure the mat according tothe type.After installing the floor mat, makesure that it does not slide from side toside or back and forth, and that thereis sufficient clearance with theaccelerator and brake pedals on thedriver's side.

After removing the floor mat forcleaning or some other reason, alwayssecurely reinstall it while payingattention to the precautions justmentioned.

WARNINGDo not install two floor mats, one ontop of the other, on the driver's side:Installing two floor mats, one on topof the other, on the driver's side isdangerous as the retention pins canonly keep one floor mat from slidingforward.

Loose floor mat(s) will interfere withthe foot pedals and could result in anaccident.

If using an all-weather mat for winteruse always remove the original floormat.

When setting a floor mat, position thefloor mat so that its hooks or retainers areinserted over the pointed end of theretention posts.

4-8


Driving Tips


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (127,1)

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNINGDo not spin the wheels at high speed,and do not allow anyone to standbehind a wheel when pushing thevehicle:When the vehicle is stuck, spinningthe wheels at high speed is dangerous.The spinning tyre could overheat andexplode. This could cause seriousinjuries.

CAUTIONToo much rocking may cause engineoverheating, transaxle failure, and tyredamage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it fromsnow, sand or mud, depress theaccelerator slightly and slowly move theshift lever from 1 (D) to R.

Winter Drivingl Carry emergency gear, including tyrechains, window scraper, flares, a smallshovel, jumper leads, and a small bagof sand or salt.

Ask an expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer to performthe following precautions:

l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze inthe radiator.Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-14.

l Inspect the battery and its leads. Coldreduces battery capacity.

l Use only cold-weather engine oil (page8-11).

l Inspect the ignition system for damageand loose connections.

l Use washer fluid made withantifreeze―but do not use enginecoolant antifreeze for washer fluid(page 8-19).

l Do not use the parking brake infreezing weather as it may freeze.Instead, shift to P with an automatictransaxle and to 1 or R with a manualtransaxle. Block the rear wheels.

l Snow left on the windscreen isdangerous as it could obstruct vision.Remove snow before driving.

l Do not apply excessive force to awindow scraper when removing ice orfrozen snow on the mirror glass andwindscreen.

l Never use warm or hot water forremoving snow or ice from windowsand mirrors as it could result in theglass cracking.


Driving Tips

4-9


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (128,1)

l Braking performance can be adverselyaffected if snow or ice adheres to thebrake equipment. If this situationoccurs, drive the vehicle slowly,releasing the accelerator pedal andlightly applying the brakes severaltimes until the brake performancereturns to normal.

qSnow Tyres

WARNINGUse only the same size and type tyres(snow, radial, or non-radial) on allfour wheels:Using tyres different in size or type isdangerous. Your vehicle's handlingcould be greatly affected and result inan accident.

CAUTIONCheck local regulations before usingstudded tyres.

Use snow tyres on all four wheels

Do not exceed the maximum permissiblespeed for your snow tyres or legal speedlimits.

qTyre Chains

Check local regulations before using tyrechains.

CAUTIONl Chains may affect handling.

l Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30mph) or the chain manufacturer'srecommended limit, whichever islower.

l Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, and sharp turns.

l Avoid locked-wheel braking.

l Do not use chains on a temporaryspare tyre; it may result in damage tothe vehicle and to the tyre.

l Do not use chains on roads that arefree of snow or ice. The tyres andchains could be damaged.

l Chains may scratch or chipaluminium wheels.

Install the chains on the front tyres.Do not use chains on the rear tyres.

Installing the chains

1. Secure the chains on the front tyres astightly as possible. Always follow thechain manufacturer's instructions.

2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).

4-10


Driving Tips


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (129,1)

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance returns to normal:Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.Increased stopping distance or thevehicle pulling to one side whenbraking could result in a seriousaccident. Light braking will indicatewhether the brakes have been affected.

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle on floodedroads as it could cause short circuitingof electrical/electronic parts, or enginedamage or stalling from waterabsorption. If the vehicle has beenimmersed in water, consult an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.


Driving Tips

4-11


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (130,1)

4-12


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (131,1)

5 Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-3Turning the Engine Off ............................................................. 5-4i-stopí ...................................................................................... 5-5Brake System .......................................................................... 5-15Manual Transaxle Operation ................................................... 5-20Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................ 5-22Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-30Cruise Controlí ...................................................................... 5-31Traction Control System (TCS) .............................................. 5-34Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ........................................... 5-35

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-38Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-38

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-42Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-42Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-48

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-50Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-50Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-55Front Fog Lightsí .................................................................. 5-55Rear Fog Lightí ..................................................................... 5-56Windscreen Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-58Rear Window Wiper and Washer ............................................ 5-62Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-62Horn ........................................................................................ 5-63Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-64

5-1íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (132,1)

Ignition Switch

qIgnition Switch Positions

OFF

The power supply to electrical devices isturned off. Only in this position can thekey be removed.

WARNINGRemove the key only when the vehicleis parked (with steering lockmechanism):Removing the key from the ignitionswitch while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Removing the key allowsthe steering wheel to lock. You willlose steering control and a seriousaccident could occur.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat,always switch the ignition to OFF, setthe parking brake and make sure theshift lever is in P (automatic transaxle)or in 1st gear or R (manualtransaxle):It is important to switch the ignition toOFF even if you are not removing thekey from the ignition or leaving thevehicle. Leaving the key in otherpositions will disable some of thevehicle security systems and run thebattery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutswitching the ignition to OFF, settingthe parking brake and shifting theshift lever to P (automatic transaxle)or to 1st gear or R (manual transaxle)is dangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

NOTE

If turning the key is difficult, move thesteering wheel left and right.Leaving the key in any position but theOFF position also disables some of thesecurity features and may run thebattery down.

ACC (Accessory)

In this position, some electricalaccessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. Some indicatorlights/warning lights should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-42).

5-2

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (133,1)

NOTE

When the ignition is switched ON, thesound of the fuel pump motor operatingnear the fuel tank can be heard. Thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key. Itthen returns to the ON position.

Ignition Key Reminder

If the ignition is switched off or theignition is switched to ACC with the keyinserted, a continuous beep sound will beheard when the driver's door is opened.

NOTE

A personalised function is available tochange the sound volume for theignition key reminder.

Starting the Engine

qStarting the Engine

1. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.

3. Depress the brake pedal.

4. (Manual transaxle)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.(Automatic transaxle)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE

(Manual transaxle)The starter will not operate if the clutchpedal is not depressed all the way.(Automatic transaxle)The starter will not operate if the shiftlever is not in P or N.

5. Switch the ignition to START and hold(up to 10 seconds at a time) until theengine starts.

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than 10seconds at a time. If the engine stalls orfails to start, wait 10 seconds beforetrying again. Otherwise, you maydamage the starter and drain the battery.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

Driving Your Mazda


5-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (134,1)

NOTE

l In extremely cold weather or afterthe vehicle has not been driven inseveral days, let the engine warm upwithout operating the accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm,it should be started without use ofthe accelerator.

l If the engine does not start the firsttime, refer to Starting a FloodedEngine under Emergency Starting. Ifthe engine still does not start, haveyour vehicle inspected by anAuthorised Mazda Repairer (page7-16).

l (SKYACTIV-G 2.0)After starting a cold engine, theengine speed increases and awhining sound from the enginecompartment can be heard. This isfor improved exhaust gaspurification and does not indicatedefect of the parts.

Turning the Engine Off

WARNINGDo not stop the engine while thevehicle is moving:Stopping the engine while the vehicleis moving for any reason other than inan emergency is dangerous.Stopping the engine while the vehicleis moving will result in reducedbraking ability due to the loss of powerbraking, which could cause anaccident and serious injury.

1. Stop the vehicle completely.

2. (Manual transaxle)Shift into neutral.(Automatic transaxle)Shift the shift lever to the P position.

3. Switch the ignition from ON to OFF/LOCK.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe ignition is switched off.

NOTE

The cooling fan in the enginecompartment could turn on for a fewminutes after the ignition is switchedfrom ON to OFF, whether or not theA/C is on or off, to cool the enginecompartment quickly.

5-4

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (135,1)

i-stopí

The i-stop (idling stop) function automatically stops the engine when the vehicle is stoppedat a traffic light or stuck in traffic after the engine has been warmed up and then restarts theengine automatically to resume driving. The system provides improved fuel economy,reduced exhaust gas emissions, and eliminates idling noise while the engine is stopped.

Engine stop and restart functions

1. The i-stop indicator light (green) illuminates when the i-stop conditions are met whilethe vehicle is being driven.

2. The i-stop function operates when the brake pedal is depressed while driving the vehicle(except for driving in reverse) and the vehicle is stopped. The i-stop indicator light(green) also illuminates while the i-stop function is operating.

3. When the brake pedal is released while the shift lever is in the D/M position (not secondgear fixed mode), the engine restarts automatically and the i-stop indicator light (green)turns off. The i-stop indicator light (green) illuminates if the i-stop function conditionsare met again while driving.With the selector lever in the N or P position, the engine will not restart even if the brakepedal is released. If the brake pedal is depressed again, the engine will restart.

Engine stop Restart

Driving Your Mazda


5-5íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (136,1)

CAUTIONIf any of the following conditions occurs, the i-stop indicator light (green) turns off whenthe vehicle is stopped and the i-stop function does not operate even if the i-stop indicatorlight (green) was illuminated while the vehicle was being driven.

l The wheels are not in the straight-ahead position.

l The vehicle is stopped on a steep incline.

5-6

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (137,1)

NOTE

To ensure safe and comfortable use of the vehicle, the i-stop function controls enginestop and restart automatically while constantly monitoring operations other than those ofthe driver, such as the vehicle's interior and exterior environment, and the operationalstatus of the vehicle.

l The engine stops automatically when all of the following conditions are met:

l The engine has been started and the vehicle is driven for a certain period. The i-stop function will not operate if the vehicle is not first driven, no matter how longthe engine is left idling. Also, after the vehicle is driven for a certain period andthen stopped, the i-stop function (automatic engine-stop and restart) operates onlyonce while the vehicle is stopped.

l The engine is started with the bonnet closed.l The engine has warmed up sufficiently.l The vehicle is stopped.l The battery is in good condition.l The bonnet is closed.l All the doors and the liftgate are closed.l The driver's seat belt is fastened.l The windscreen defroster switch is off.l The temperature control dial for the air-conditioning system is set to a position

other than maximum hot or cold.l The vehicle's interior temperature and the set temperature for the air-conditioning

system are nearly the same.l The vehicle is driven at elevations of 1,500 meters (4,921 ft) or less.l The i-stop warning light (amber) is not illuminated or flashing.l The brakes are applied sufficiently (brake system vacuum level is sufficient).l The steering wheel is not being operated.l The shift lever is in the D/M position (not second gear fixed mode) or the N

position.l The automatic transaxle fluid has warmed up sufficiently.l The automatic transaxle fluid temperature is not abnormally high.l The steering wheel is positioned so that the wheels are pointed nearly straight

ahead (if force is applied to the steering wheel even with the wheels pointedstraight ahead, the i-stop function may not operate. Loosen your grip on thesteering wheel to allow the i-stop function to operate).

l The brake pedal is depressed to stop the vehicle (if the i-stop indicator light (green)flashes without the i-stop function operating, it is possible that the brake pedal hasnot been depressed sufficiently. Depress the brake pedal a little more strongly).

l Emergency braking is not applied.l The vehicle is not stopped on a steep grade in a place such as a multilevel car

parking facility.

Driving Your Mazda


5-7


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (138,1)

NOTE

l If any one of the following conditions occurs, extra time may be required for theengine to stop automatically.

l Battery power is depleted as a result of not using the vehicle for a long period.l The ambient temperature is high or low.l The battery leads have been disconnected for battery replacement and then

reconnected.

l For safety reasons, if any one of the following operations is performed after theengine has been automatically stopped, the i-stop warning light (amber) illuminatesand the engine will not restart automatically even if the brake pedal is released. If thisoccurs, use the standard engine starting procedure to start the engine.

l The bonnet is opened.l The driver intends to get out of the vehicle while the shift lever is in the D/M

position (not second gear fixed mode) (driver's seat belt is unfastened and driver'sdoor is opened).

5-8

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (139,1)

NOTE

l If the shift lever is shifted from D/M position (not second gear fixed mode) to the Nposition or from the D/M position (not second gear fixed mode) to the P positionwhile the i-stop function is operating, the engine will not restart automatically even ifthe brake pedal is released. The engine will restart if the brake pedal is depressedagain or the shift lever is shifted to the D/M position (not second gear fixed mode) orthe R position. In addition, when the driver intends to get out of the vehicle while theshift lever is in the N or P position (the driver's seat belt is unfastened and the door isopened), the engine restarts. (For the purpose of safety, always keep the brake pedaldepressed when shifting the shift lever while the i-stop function is operating.)

From D/M position (not second gear fixed mode) to N position

From N position to D/M position (not second gear fixed mode) or R position

From P position to D/M position (not second gear fixed mode) or R position

From D/M position (not second gear fixed mode) to P position

Driving Your Mazda


5-9


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (140,1)

NOTE

l If any one of the following operations is performed after the engine has beenautomatically stopped, the engine will restart automatically even though the brakepedal is not released.

l The i-stop OFF switch is pressed for several seconds.l The temperature control dial for the air-conditioning system is set to the maximum

hot or cold position.l The windscreen defroster switch is on.l The driver intends to get out of the vehicle (driver's seat belt is unfastened and any

door or the liftgate is opened).l The brakes are released slightly on a slope and the vehicle begins to move.l The accelerator pedal is depressed while the shift lever is in the D/M position (not

second gear fixed mode).l The shift lever is shifted to the R position.l The shift lever is shifted from the N or P position to the D/M position (not second

gear fixed mode).l The steering wheel is operated with the shift lever in the D/M position (not second

gear fixed mode).l The shift lever is in the D/M position, second gear fixed mode.

l If any one of the following vehicle conditions occur after the engine has beenautomatically stopped, the engine will restart automatically even though the brakepedal is not released.

l There is a large difference between the cabin temperature and the temperature setfor the air-conditioning system.

l Two minutes have elapsed since the i-stop function started operating.l The battery power is depleted.

l If any one of the following occurs, the length of time the engine is stoppedautomatically could be shorter or the length of time required before i-stop functionsagain could be longer.

l The ambient temperature is high or low.l The battery power is depleted.l The power consumption of vehicle equipment is high.

l The i-stop function does not operate when the ambient temperature is extremely highor low.

l The engine may not stop automatically for a while after the battery leads arereconnected after temporarily disconnecting them. In addition, if the battery isreplaced, the i-stop system will need to be reset and checked to make sure it operatescorrectly. When replacing the battery, consult an expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

5-10

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (141,1)

qi-stop Warning Light (Amber)/i-stop Indicator Light (Green)

To ensure safe and comfortable use of thevehicle, the i-stop function constantlymonitors the driver's operations, thevehicle's interior and exteriorenvironment, and the operational status ofthe vehicle, and uses the i-stop warninglight (amber) and i-stop indicator light(green) to inform the driver of theoperation status of the i-stop system orrelated warnings.

i-stop warning light (amber)

When illuminated

l This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

l The warning light illuminates when thei-stop OFF switch is pressed to turn thesystem off.

l If any one of the following operationsis performed after the engine has beenautomatically stopped, the warninglight illuminates. If this occurs, theengine does not restart automaticallyfor safety reasons, even if the brakepedal is released. Use the standardengine starting procedure to start theengine.

l The bonnet is opened.l The driver intends to get out of the

vehicle while the shift lever is in theD/M position (not second gear fixedmode) (driver's seat belt isunfastened and driver's door isopened).

NOTE

If the i-stop warning light (amber)remains illuminated even aftercontinuously pressing the i-stop OFFswitch under conditions other thanwhen the bonnet is opened or the driverhas exited the vehicle while the shiftlever is in the D/M position (not secondgear fixed mode) (driver's seat belt isunfastened and driver's door is opened),consult an Authorised Mazda Repairer.

When flashing

The light flashes if there is anymalfunction in the i-stop system. Consultan Authorised Mazda Repairer.

i-stop indicator light (green)

When illuminated

This light illuminates while the i-stopfunction is operable or operating and theengine is stopped automatically. The lightturns off when the engine is restartedautomatically.

Driving Your Mazda


5-11


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (142,1)

When flashing

This light flashes once per second if thebrake pedal is not depressed withsufficient force. There may be instanceswhen you may have not applied enoughbrake force. In this case, depress the brakepedal a little more strongly.

qi-stop Warning Beep

l If the driver's door is opened while thei-stop function is operating and theengine is stopped automatically, thebeep sounds to notify the driver thatthe engine is stopped. When thedriver's door is closed the beep stops.

l For safety reasons, if any of thefollowing operations is performedwhile the i-stop function is operating,the beep sound will be heard and theengine will not restart automaticallyeven if the brake pedal is released. Ifthis occurs, use the standard enginestarting procedure to start the engine.The driver intends to get out of thevehicle while the selector lever is in theD/M position (not in second gear fixedmode), the driver's seat belt isunfastened and the driver's door isopened.

qi-stop OFF Switch

The i-stop function can be turned off bypressing the switch until the beep soundsand the i-stop warning light (amber) in theinstrument cluster illuminates. The i-stopfunction can be turned back on bypressing the switch again until the beepsounds and the i-stop warning light(amber) turns off.

NOTE

If the i-stop function was turned offusing the i-stop OFF switch, the systemwill resume operation the next time theengine is started.

5-12

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (143,1)

qVehicle Roll Prevention Function (Automatic transaxle)

Vehicles with i-stop are equipped with a vehicle roll prevention function. This functionprevents the vehicle from rolling, such as when releasing the brake pedal while on a slopeunder the following conditions:

l During idling stop (prevents the vehicle from rolling back)

l When starting from a stop (prevents the vehicle's sudden movement due to vehiclecreep)The braking force is maintained automatically when the brake pedal is released and theengine is restarted.

Release foot from brake pedal Vehicle brake force maintained

Engine restarted Acceleration

Driving Your Mazda


5-13


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (144,1)

WARNINGThe vehicle roll prevention function is a supplementary function which operates for amaximum of four seconds after releasing the brake pedal when starting the vehicleafter the vehicle is stopped with the i-stop function operating:l Over reliance on the system may result in an unexpected accident if the vehiclewere to suddenly accelerate. Before starting to drive the vehicle, always confirm thesafety of the surroundings and operate the shift lever, brake pedal, and acceleratorpedal appropriately.

l The vehicle could roll unexpectedly depending on the vehicle's load or if it istowing something. Note that the vehicle may move suddenly after the vehicle rollprevention function is released while the vehicle is under the following conditions:(The shift lever is in the N position.)If the shift lever is shifted to the N position and the brake pedal is released while thei-stop function is operating, the brake force is gradually released. To accelerate thevehicle, release the brake pedal after the engine restarts and shift the shift lever to aposition other than the N position.

NOTE

l When the vehicle is stopped on a steep grade, the vehicle roll prevention functiondoes not operate because the idling stop does not operate.

l The brake pedal response may change, sound may occur from the brakes, or the brakepedal could vibrate from the operation of the vehicle roll prevention function.However, this does not indicate a malfunction.

qi-stop Warning Light, Beep

If a system malfunction occurs or system operation precautions are necessary, the driver isnotified by the warning beep and warning light in the instrument cluster.

Warning light/beep Verification

The i-stop warning light (amber) and other warninglights illuminate while the i-stop function is operating.

Check whether the bonnet is open, the driver's seat beltis unfastened, or the driver's door is open. If this is thecase, the engine will not automatically restart for safetyreasons. Start the engine using the normal method.

The i-stop warning light (amber) flashes.

The i-stop system may have some kind of malfunction.Have your vehicle inspected by an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer as soon aspossible.

The warning beep sounds while the i-stop function isoperating.

Check whether the driver's door is closed.

5-14

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (145,1)

Brake System

qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normaluse.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop byapplying greater force than normal to thebrake pedal. But the distance required tostop will be greater than usual.

WARNINGDo not coast with the engine stalled orturned off, find a safe place to stop:Coasting with the engine stalled orturned off is dangerous. Braking willrequire more effort, and the brake'spower-assist could be depleted if youpump the brake. This will causelonger stopping distances or even anaccident.

Shift to a lower gear when going downsteep hills:Driving with your foot continuouslyon the brake pedal or steadily applyingthe brakes for long distances isdangerous. This causes overheatedbrakes, resulting in longer stoppingdistances or even total brake failure.This could cause loss of vehiclecontrol and a serious accident. Avoidcontinuous application of the brakes.

WARNINGDry off brakes that have become wetby driving slowly, releasing theaccelerator pedal and lightly applyingthe brakes several times until thebrake performance returns to normal:Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.Increased stopping distance or thevehicle pulling to one side whenbraking could result in a seriousaccident. Light braking will indicatewhether the brakes have been affected.

CAUTIONl Do not drive with your foot held onthe clutch pedal or brake pedal, orhold the clutch pedal depressedhalfway unnecessarily. Doing socould result in the following:

l The clutch and brake parts willwear out more quickly.

l The brakes can overheat andadversely affect brakeperformance.

Driving Your Mazda


5-15


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (146,1)

CAUTIONl Always depress the brake pedal withthe right foot. Applying the brakeswith the unaccustomed left footcould slow your reaction time to anemergency situation resulting ininsufficient braking operation.

l Wear shoes appropriate for driving inorder to avoid your shoe contactingthe brake pedal when depressing theaccelerator pedal.

qParking Brake

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat,always switch the ignition to OFF, setthe parking brake and make sure theshift lever is in P (automatic transaxle)or in 1st gear or R (manualtransaxle):It is important to switch the ignition toOFF even if you are not removing thekey from the ignition or leaving thevehicle. Leaving the key in otherpositions will disable some of thevehicle security systems and run thebattery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutswitching the ignition to OFF, settingthe parking brake and shifting theshift lever to P (automatic transaxle)or to 1st gear or R (manual transaxle)is dangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brake on willcause excessive wear of the brake parts.

NOTE

For parking in snow, refer to WinterDriving (page 4-9) regarding parkingbrake use.

5-16

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (147,1)

Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and then firmlypull the parking brake lever fully upwardswith sufficient force to hold the vehicle ina stationary position.

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and pull theparking brake lever upwards, then pressthe release button. While holding thebutton, lower the parking brake lever allthe way down to the released position.

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning/Warning lightinspection

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchedto START or ON. It turns off when theparking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the brake warning light remainsilluminated even though the parking brakeis released, the brake fluid may be low orthere could be a problem with the brakesystem. Park the vehicle in a safe placeimmediately and contact an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-17


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (148,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:Driving with the brake system warninglight illuminated is dangerous. Itindicates that your brakes may notwork at all or that they couldcompletely fail at any time. If this lightremains illuminated, after checkingthat the parking brake is fullyreleased, have the brakes inspectedimmediately.

CAUTIONIn addition, the effectiveness of thebraking may diminish so you may needto depress the brake pedal morestrongly than normal to stop thevehicle.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)

The ABS control unit continuouslymonitors the speed of each wheel. If onewheel is about to lock up, the ABSresponds by automatically releasing andreapplying that wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration inthe brake pedal and may hear a chatteringnoise from the brake system. This isnormal ABS system operation. Continueto depress the brake pedal withoutpumping the brakes.

WARNINGDo not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tyrefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

NOTE

l Braking distances may be longer onloose surfaces (snow or gravel, forexample) which usually have a hardfoundation. A vehicle with a normalbraking system may require lessdistance to stop under theseconditions because the tyres willbuild up a wedge of surface layerwhen the wheels skid.

l The sound of the ABS operating maybe heard when starting the engine orimmediately after starting thevehicle, however, it does not indicatea malfunction.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

5-18

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (149,1)

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer as soon as possible.

NOTE

l When the engine is jump-started tocharge the battery, uneven rpmoccurs and the ABS warning lightmay illuminate. If this occurs, it isthe result of the weak battery anddoes not indicate an ABSmalfunction.Recharge the battery.Refer to Battery Recharging on page8-29.

l When the ABS warning lightremains illuminated, the powersliding doors cannot be openedelectrically. Refer to Power SlidingDoors on page 3-14.

l The brake assist system does notoperate while the ABS warning lightis illuminated.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABSwarning light and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quickly inan emergency stop than under normalcircumstances.

Driving Your Mazda


5-19


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (150,1)

qBrake Assist

During emergency braking situationswhen it is necessary to depress the brakepedal with greater force, the brake assistsystem provides braking assistance, thusenhancing braking performance.

When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, the brakes applymore firmly.

NOTE

l When the brake pedal is depressedhard or depressed more quickly, thepedal will feel softer but the brakeswill apply more firmly. This is anormal effect of the brake assistoperation and does not indicate amalfunction.

l When the brake pedal is depressedhard or depressed more quickly, amotor/pump operation noise may beheard. This is a normal effect of thebrake assist and does not indicate amalfunction.

l The brake assist equipment does notsupersede the functionality of thevehicle's main braking system.

Manual Transaxle Operation

qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern

Neutral position

The shift pattern of the transaxle isconventional, as shown.

Depress the clutch pedal all the way downwhile shifting; then release it slowly.

Vehicles with 6-speed transaxle areequipped with a device to prevent shiftingto R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shiftlever downward and shift to R.

5-20

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (151,1)

WARNINGDo not use sudden engine braking onslippery road surfaces or at highspeeds:Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tyre speed couldcause the tyres to skid. This could leadto loss of vehicle control and anaccident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 orR position and set the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle unattended:Otherwise the vehicle could move andcause an accident.

CAUTIONl Keep your foot off the clutch pedalexcept when shifting gears. Also, donot use the clutch to hold the vehicleon an upgrade. Riding the clutch willcause needless clutch wear anddamage.

l Do not apply any excessive lateralforce to the gear lever whenchanging from 5th to 4th gear. Thiscould lead to the accidental selectionof 2nd gear, which can result indamage to the transaxle.

l Make sure the vehicle comes to acomplete stop before shifting to R.Shifting to R while the vehicle is stillmoving may damage the transaxle.

NOTE

If shifting to R is difficult, shift backinto neutral, release the clutch pedal,and try again.

Driving Your Mazda


5-21


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (152,1)

Automatic Transaxle Controls

Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON).

Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

Various Lockouts:

NOTE

The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxlegiving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle toshift gears. Even if you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditionalautomatic, you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shiftmode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases. If younotice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirm you have notaccidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-25).

5-22

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (153,1)

qTransaxle Ranges

The shift lever must be in P or N tooperate the starter.

P (Park)

P locks the transaxle and prevents thefront wheels from rotating.

WARNINGAlways set the shift lever to P and setthe parking brake:Only setting the shift lever to the Pposition without using the parkingbrake to hold the vehicle is dangerous.If P fails to hold, the vehicle couldmove and cause an accident.

CAUTIONl Shifting into P, N or R while thevehicle is moving can damage yourtransaxle.

l Shifting into a driving gear orreverse when the engine is runningfaster than idle can damage thetransaxle.

R (Reverse)

In position R, the vehicle moves onlybackward. You must be at a complete stopbefore shifting to or from R, except underrare circumstances as explained inRocking the Vehicle (page 4-9).

N (Neutral)

In N, the wheels and transaxle are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or brakes are on.

WARNINGIf the engine is running faster thanidle, do not shift from N or P into adriving gear:It's dangerous to shift from N or Pinto a driving gear when the engine isrunning faster than idle. If this isdone, the vehicle could move suddenly,causing an accident or serious injury.

Do not shift into N when driving thevehicle:Shifting into N while driving isdangerous. Engine braking cannot beapplied when decelerating whichcould lead to an accident or seriousinjury.

CAUTIONDo not shift into N when driving thevehicle. Doing so can cause transaxledamage.

NOTE

Apply the parking brake or depress thebrake pedal before moving the shiftlever from N to prevent the vehiclefrom moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)

D is the normal driving position. From astop, the transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 5-gear/6-gear* sequence.

* SKYACTIV-G 2.0

Driving Your Mazda


5-23


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (154,1)

M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position.Gears can be shifted up or down byoperating the shift lever.Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-25).

qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)

Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)automatically controls the transaxle shiftpoints to best suit the road conditions anddriver input. This improves driving feel.(SKYACTIV-G 2.0)The transaxle may switch to AAS modewhen driving up and down slopes,cornering, driving at high elevations, ordepressing the accelerator pedal quicklywhile the shift lever is in the D position.Depending on the road and drivingconditions/vehicle operations, gearshifting could be delayed or not occur,however, this does not indicate a problembecause the AAS mode will maintain theoptimum gear position.(MZR 2.0)If the driver accelerates rapidly, oraccelerates and decelerates rapidly byoperating the accelerator and brake pedalfor a certain period of time while the shiftlever is in the D position, AAS modecould activate.When cornering the vehicle, AAS modewill hold the transaxle in the gear thevehicle was in before entering the curve,allowing the vehicle to be acceleratedfrom the same gear after exiting the curve.AAS mode will maintain the transaxle inthe optimum gear and the driver maysense that the transaxle is not shifting,however this does not indicate anabnormality.

qShift-Lock System

The shift-lock system prevents shiftingout of P unless the brake pedal isdepressed.

To shift from P:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Move the shift lever.

NOTE

l When the ignition is switched off,the shift lever cannot be shifted fromP.

l To be sure the vehicle is in park, theignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in P.

l (With Advanced Key)The ignition cannot be switchedfrom ACC to OFF when the shiftlever is not in P.

qShift-Lock Override

If the shift lever will not move from Pusing the proper shift procedure, continueto hold down the pedal.

1. Remove the shift-lock override coverusing a cloth-wrapped flat headscrewdriver.

5-24

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (155,1)

2. Insert a screwdriver and push it down.

COVER

3. Move the shift lever.

Take the vehicle to an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer to have the system checked.

qManual Shift Mode

This mode gives you the feel of driving amanual transaxle vehicle by operating theshift lever and allows you to controlengine rpm and torque to the front wheelsmuch like a manual transaxle when morecontrol is desired.

To change to manual shift mode, shift thelever from D to M.

NOTE

Changing to manual shift mode whiledriving will not damage the transaxle.

To return to automatic shift mode, shiftthe lever from M to D.

NOTE

l If you change to manual shift modewhen the vehicle is stopped, the gearwill shift to M1.

l If you change to manual shift modewithout depressing the acceleratorpedal when driving in D range, 5thgear, the gear will shift to M4.

l (SKYACTIV-G 2.0)If you change to manual shift modewithout depressing the acceleratorpedal when driving in D range, 6thgear, the gear will shift to M5.

Indicators

Manual shift mode indicator

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator in the instrument panelilluminates.

Driving Your Mazda


5-25


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (156,1)

Gear position indicator

The numeral for the selected gearilluminates.

Shift position indicator

D range/gear position indicator

NOTE

l If the gears cannot be shifted downwhen driving at higher speeds, thegear position indicator will flashtwice to signal that the gears cannotbe shifted down (to protect thetransaxle).

l If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)temperature becomes too high, thereis the possibility that the transaxlewill switch to automatic shift mode,cancelling manual shift mode andturning off the gear position indicatorillumination. This is a normalfunction to protect the AT. After theATF temperature has decreased, thegear position indicator illuminationturns back on and driving in manualshift mode is restored.

Shifting

Manually Shifting up

(M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 →M6í)To shift up to a higher gear, move the shiftlever back ( ) once.

NOTE

l When driving slowly, the gears maynot shift up.

l In manual shift mode, gears do notshift up automatically. Do not run theengine with the tachometer needle inthe RED ZONE. If the tachometerneedle enters the RED ZONE, youmay feel engine-braking because thefuel delivery will be stopped toprotect the engine. However, thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

5-26

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (157,1)

Manually Shifting down

( M6í → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2 →M1)To shift down to a lower gear, move theshift lever forward ( ) once.

WARNINGDo not use engine braking on slipperyroad surfaces or at high speeds:Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tyre speed couldcause the tyres to skid. This could leadto loss of vehicle control and anaccident.

NOTE

l When driving at high speeds, thegear may not shift down.

l During deceleration, the gear mayautomatically shift down dependingon vehicle speed.

Second gear fixed mode

When the selector lever is moved back( ) while the vehicle speed is about 10km/h (6 mph) or less, the transaxle is setin the second gear fixed mode. The gear isfixed in second while in this mode foreasier acceleration from a stop and drivingon slippery roads such as snow-coveredroads.If the selector lever is moved back ( ) orforward ( ) while in the second gearfixed mode, the mode will be cancelled.

Driving Your Mazda


5-27íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (158,1)

Shift gear (shifting) speed limit

For each gear position while in the manual mode, the speed limit is set as follows: Whenthe selector lever is operated within the range of the speed limit, the gear is shifted.(SKYACTIV-G 2.0)

(MZR 2.0)

Shift up

The gear does not shift up while the vehicle speed is lower than the speed limit.

5-28

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (159,1)

Shift down

The gear does not shift down while the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit.If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit and the gear does not shift down, the gearposition indication flashes 2 times to notify the driver that the gear cannot be shifted.

Auto-shift down

The gear shifts down automatically depending on the vehicle speed during deceleration.

NOTE

If the vehicle comes to a stop while in the second gear fixed mode, the gear remains insecond.

qDriving Tips

WARNINGDo not allow the vehicle to move inreverse on an up-slope while theselector lever is in a forward gearposition, or move forward on a down-slope while the selector lever is in thereverse position.Otherwise, the engine will stop,causing the loss of the power brakeand power steering functions, andmake it difficult to control the vehiclewhich could result in an accident.

Passing

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing steep grades, depressthe accelerator fully (D range). Thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Climbing steep grades from a stop

To climb a steep grade from a stoppedposition:

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Shift to D or M1, depending on theload weight and grade steepness.

3. Release the brake pedal whilegradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades

When descending a steep grade, shift tolower gears, depending on load weightand grade steepness. Descend slowly,using the brakes only occasionally toprevent them from overheating.

Driving Your Mazda


5-29


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (160,1)

Power SteeringPower steering is only operable when theengine is running. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system is inoperable,you can still steer, but it requires morephysical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usualduring normal driving, consult an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

qPower Steering MalfunctionIndicator Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition is switched ON, and turns offwhen the engine is started.

If the light remains illuminated after theengine is started, or illuminates whiledriving, turn off the engine after parkingin a safe place, and then start the engineagain.If the light does not illuminate afterrestarting the engine, this indicates thatthe power steering is restored and normalsteering is possible.If the light remains illuminated, the powersteering is still inoperable. Consult anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

NOTE

l The power steering system isinoperable when the power steeringmalfunction indicator lightilluminates. Steering is possible, butrequires more physical effort.

l Repeatedly jerking the steeringwheel left and right while the vehicleis stopped or moving at slow speedswill cause the power steering systemto go into protective mode whichwill make the steering feel heavy, butthis does not indicate a malfunction.If this occurs, park the vehicle safelyand wait a few minutes for thesystem to return to normal.

5-30

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (161,1)

Cruise Controlí

With cruise control, you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about30 km/h (19 mph).

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control under the following conditions:Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could resultin loss of vehicle control.l Hilly terrainl Steep inclinesl Heavy or unsteady trafficl Slippery or winding roadsl Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colours.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON switch is pressed and thecruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

Driving Your Mazda


5-31íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (162,1)

qCruise Control Switch

SET+/SET- switch

CANCEL switch

OFF switch

ON switch

RESUME switch

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ONswitch.

To deactivate the system, press the OFFswitch.

WARNINGAlways turn off the cruise controlsystem when it is not in use:Leaving the cruise control system inan activation-ready state while thecruise control is not in use isdangerous as the cruise control couldunexpectedly activate if the activationbutton is accidentally pressed, andresult in loss of vehicle control and anaccident.

qTo Set Speed

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the ON switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).

3. Set the cruise control by pressing thecruise control SET /SET - switch upor down at the desired speed. Thecruise control is set at the moment thecruise control SET /SET - switch ispressed up or down. Release theaccelerator pedal simultaneously.

5-32

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (163,1)

NOTE

l Release the cruise control switch atthe desired speed, otherwise thespeed will continue increasing whilethe switch is pressed up, andcontinue decreasing while it ispressed down (except when theaccelerator pedal is depressed).

l On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down whileascending, or speed up whiledescending.

l Cruise control will turn off if vehiclespeed decreases below 23 km/h (14mph) when cruise is activated, suchas when climbing a steep grade.

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

To increase speed using cruise controlswitch

Press up on the cruise control SET+/SET-switch and hold it. Your vehicle willaccelerate.Release the switch at the speed you want.

Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1 km/h (0.6 mph) by amomentary tap of the SET+/SET- switch.Multiple taps will increase your vehiclespeed 1 km/h (0.6 mph) for each tap.

To increase speed using acceleratorpedal

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerateto the desired speed.Press down or press up on the cruisecontrol SET +/SET - switch and release itimmediately.

NOTE

Accelerate if you want to speed uptemporarily when the cruise control ison. Greater speed will not interfere withor change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator toreturn to the set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Press down the cruise control SET+/SET-switch and hold it. The vehicle willgradually slow.Release the switch at the speed you want.

Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1 km/h (0.6 mph) by amomentary tap of the SET+/SET- switch.Multiple taps will decrease your vehiclespeed 1 km/h (0.6 mph) for each tap.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed atMore Than 30 km/h (19 mph)

If some other method besides the OFFswitch was used to cancel cruising speed(such as applying the brake pedal) and thesystem is still activated, the most recentset speed will automatically resume whenthe RESUME switch is pressed.If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30km/h (19 mph) or more and press theRESUME switch.

qTo Cancel

To cancel the system, use one of thesemethods:

l Press the OFF switch.

l Slightly depress the brake pedal.

Driving Your Mazda


5-33


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (164,1)

l Depress the clutch pedal (Manualtransaxle only).

l Press the CANCEL switch.

The system is off when the ignition isswitched off.

NOTE

Cruise control may cancel at about 15km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed(such as may happen when climbing along, steep grade).

Traction Control System(TCS)

The Traction Control System (TCS)enhances traction and safety bycontrolling engine torque and braking.When the TCS detects driving wheelslippage, it lowers engine torque andoperates the brakes to prevent loss oftraction.

This means that on a slick surface, theengine adjusts automatically to provideoptimum power to the drive wheels,limiting wheel spin and loss of traction.

WARNINGDo not rely on the traction controlsystem as a substitute for safe driving:The traction control system (TCS)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tyre friction and road contactbecause of water on the road surface).You can still have an accident.

Use snow tyres or tyre chains anddrive at reduced speeds when roadsare covered with ice and/or snow:Driving without proper tractiondevices on snow and/or ice-coveredroads is dangerous. The tractioncontrol system (TCS) alone cannotprovide adequate traction and youcould still have an accident.

5-34

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (165,1)

NOTE

To turn off the TCS, press the DSCOFF switch (page 5-36).

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, theindicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC mayhave a malfunction and they may notoperate correctly. Take your vehicle to anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

NOTE

l In addition to the indicator lightflashing, a slight labouring soundwill come from the engine. Thisindicates that the TCS is operatingproperly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as freshsnow, it will be impossible toachieve high rpm when the TCS ison.

Dynamic Stability Control(DSC)

The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)automatically controls braking and enginetorque in conjunction with systems suchas ABS and TCS to help control side slipwhen driving on slippery surfaces, orduring sudden or evasive manoeuvring,enhancing vehicle safety.

Refer to ABS (page 5-18) and TCS (page5-34).

DSC operation is possible at speedsgreater than 20 km/h (12 mph).

WARNINGDo not rely on the dynamic stabilitycontrol as a substitute for safe driving:The dynamic stability control (DSC)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tyre friction and road contactbecause of water on the road surface).You can still have an accident.

Driving Your Mazda


5-35


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (166,1)

CAUTIONl The DSC may not operate correctlyunless the following are observed:

l Use tyres of the correct sizespecified for your Mazda on allfour wheels.

l Use tyres of the samemanufacturer, brand and treadpattern on all four wheels.

l Do not mix worn tyres.

l The DSC may not operate correctlywhen tyre chains are used or atemporary spare tyre is installedbecause the tyre diameter changes.

NOTE

After switching the ignition ON, aclicking sound may be heard behind theinstrument panel. This sound is theresult of the DSC system self-checkoperation and does not indicate anabnormality.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, theindicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC mayhave a malfunction and they may notoperate correctly. Take your vehicle to anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

qDSC OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.It also illuminates when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-36).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

qDSC OFF Switch

Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off theTCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator lightilluminates.

5-36

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (167,1)

Press the switch again to turn the TCS/DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicatorlight turns off.

NOTE

l When DSC is on and you attempt tofree the vehicle when it is stuck, ordrive it out of freshly fallen snow,the TCS (part of the DSC system)will activate. Depressing theaccelerator will not increase enginepower and freeing the vehicle maybe difficult.When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.

l If the TCS/DSC is off when theengine is turned off, it automaticallyactivates when the ignition isswitched ON.

l Leaving the TCS/DSC on willprovide the best stability.

Driving Your Mazda


5-37


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (168,1)

Meters and Gauges

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-39Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-39Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-40Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-40Instrument Panel Illumination ........................................................................... page 5-41

NOTE

(Black-out meter)When the ignition is switched ON, the instrument panel gauges illuminate.

5-38

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (169,1)

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter and TripMeter Selector

The display mode can be changedbetween trip meter A and trip meter B bypressing the selector while one of them isdisplayed. The selected mode will bedisplayed.

Trip meter B

Press the selector

Press the selector

Trip meter AOdometer

Odometer

NOTE

When the ignition is switched to ACCor OFF, the odometer or trip meterscannot be displayed, however, pressingthe selector button can inadvertentlyswitch the trip meters or reset themduring an approximate ten-minuteperiod in the following cases:

l After the ignition is switched to ACCor OFF from ON.

l After the driver's door is opened.

Odometer

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the totaldistance of two trips. One is recorded intrip meter A, and the other is recorded intrip meter B.

For instance, trip meter A can record thedistance from the point of origin, and tripmeter B can record the distance fromwhere the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressingthe selector again within one second willchange to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIPAwill be displayed. When trip meter B isselected, TRIP B will be displayed.

Driving Your Mazda


5-39


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (170,1)

The trip meter records the total distancethe vehicle is driven until the meter isagain reset. Return it to “0.0” by holdingthe selector depressed for 1 second ormore. Use this meter to measure tripdistances and to compute fuelconsumption.

NOTE

l Only the trip meters record tenths ofkilometres (miles).

l The trip record will be erased when:

l The power supply is interrupted(blown fuse or the battery isdisconnected).

l The vehicle is driven over999.9 km (mile).

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed inthousands of revolutions per minute(rpm).

Red zone

CAUTIONDo not run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine damage.

qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately howmuch fuel is remaining in the tank whenthe ignition is switched ON. Werecommend keeping the tank over 1/4 full.

Full

1/4 Full

If the gauge indicates that the fuel level isnear 0, refuel as soon as possible.

NOTE

l After refuelling, it may require sometime for the indicator to stabilize. Inaddition, the indicator may deviatewhile driving on a slope or curvesince the fuel moves in the tank.

l The direction of the arrow ( )indicates that the fuel-filler flap is onthe right side of the vehicle.

Low Fuel Warning Light

5-40

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (171,1)

This warning light in the fuel gaugesignals that the fuel tank will soon beempty.Refuel as soon as possible.

qInstrument Panel Illumination

Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument cluster and otherilluminations in the instrument panel.

NOTE

l The brightness of instrument panelilluminations can be adjusted whenthe headlight switch is in the or

position.

l When the instrument panelillumination brightness cannot beadjusted any more, a beep sound willbe heard.

Bright

Dim

Cancelling the illumination dimmer

When the headlight switch is in theor position, the illumination of theinstrument cluster and the informationdisplay dims.

When driving on snowy or foggy roads,or in other situations when the instrumentcluster or information display's visibilityis reduced due to glare from surroundingbrightness, cancel the illuminationdimmer and increase the illuminationintensity.

To cancel the illumination dimmer, pressthe instrument panel illumination knob.

NOTE

l This symbol ( ) indicates the knobto adjust the brightness of theinstrument panel illumination.

l If the instrument panel illuminationknob is kept at the illuminationdimmer cancel position, theinstrument cluster and theinformation display will not dimwhen the headlight switch is turnedto the or position again.Rotate the instrument panelillumination knob to activate theillumination dimmer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-41


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (172,1)

Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Brake System Warning Light 5-17

Malfunction Warning Light 5-44

Charging System Warning Light 5-44

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5-45

Check Engine Light 5-45

High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light (Red) 5-46

i-stop Warning Light (Amber)/i-stop Indicator Light (Green) 5-11

5-42

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (173,1)


ABS Warning Light 5-18

Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 2-30

Low Fuel Warning Light 5-40

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep 2-33

Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-46

Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5-46

Security Indicator Light 3-35

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-47

Front Fog Lights Indicator Light 5-47

Rear Fog Light Indicator Light 5-47

Shift Position Indicator Light 5-25

Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light (Blue) 5-47

TCS/DSC Indicator Light 5-35

DSC OFF Indicator Light 5-36

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-31

Lights-On Indicator Light 5-47

Driving Your Mazda


5-43


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (174,1)


Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light 5-30

Direction Indicator/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-48

qMalfunction Warning Light

When the ignition is switched ON, themalfunction warning light illuminates andthen turns off after a few seconds.The light stays on if the brake switch hasa malfunction. Consult an expert repairer,we recommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with themalfunction warning lightilluminated.Driving with the malfunction warninglight illuminated is dangerous becausethe brake lights and engine controlsystem may not operate normally dueto a brake switch malfunction whichcould lead to an accident. Have yourvehicle inspected by an expertrepairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

qCharging System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, it indicates a malfunction of thealternator or of the charging system.Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way. Consult an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

CAUTIONDo not continue driving when thecharging system warning light isilluminated because the engine couldstop unexpectedly.

5-44

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (175,1)

qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

This warning light indicates low engineoil pressure.

CAUTIONDo not run the engine if the oil pressureis low. Otherwise, it could result inextensive engine damage.

If the light illuminates while driving:

1. Drive to the side of the road and parkoff the right-of-way on level ground.

2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutesfor the oil to drain back into the sump(Diesel engine:10 minutes).

3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-13).If it's low, add the appropriate amountof engine oil while being careful not tooverfill.

CAUTIONDo not run the engine if the oil level islow. Otherwise, it could result inextensive engine damage.

4. Start the engine and check the warninglight.

If the light remains illuminated even afteryou add oil, stop the engine immediatelyand have your vehicle towed to an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

qCheck Engine Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

If this light illuminates while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light illuminated and consult anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

The check engine light may illuminate inthe following cases:

l The fuel tank level being very low orapproaching empty.

l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

If the check engine light remains on orflashes continuously, do not drive at highspeeds and consult an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer as soon as possible.

Driving Your Mazda


5-45


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (176,1)

qHigh Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light (Red)

When the ignition is switched ON, thelight illuminates momentarily and thenturns off.The light flashes when the engine coolanttemperature is extremely high, andilluminates when the engine coolanttemperature increases further.

Handling Procedure

Flashing light

Drive slowly to reduce engine load.

Illuminated light

This indicates the possibility ofoverheating. Park the vehicle in a safeplace immediately and stop the engine.Refer to Overheating (page 7-14).

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle with the highengine coolant temperature warninglight illuminated. Otherwise, it couldresult in damage to the engine.

qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when anydoor or liftgate is not securely closed.Close the door or liftgate securely beforedriving the vehicle.

qAutomatic Transaxle Warning Light

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.The light illuminates when the transaxlehas a problem.

CAUTIONIf the automatic transaxle warning lightilluminates, the transaxle has anelectrical problem. Continuing to driveyour Mazda in this condition couldcause damage to your transaxle.Consult an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer as soon as possible.

5-46

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (177,1)

qHeadlight High-Beam IndicatorLight

This light indicates one of two things:

l The high-beam headlights are on.

l The direction indicator lever is in theflash-to-pass position.

qFront Fog Lights Indicator Light

This light illuminates when the front foglights are operating.

qRear Fog Light Indicator Light

This light illuminates when the rear foglight is operating.

qLow Engine Coolant TemperatureIndicator Light (Blue)

When the ignition is switched ON, thelight illuminates momentarily and thenturns off.The light illuminates continuously whenthe engine coolant temperature is low.

NOTE

If the low engine coolant temperatureindicator light remains illuminated afterthe engine has been sufficiently warmedup, the temperature sensor could have amalfunction. Consult an expert repairer,we recommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

qLights-On Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates when theexterior lights and instrument panelillumination are on.

Driving Your Mazda


5-47


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (178,1)

qDirection Indicator/HazardWarning Indicator Lights

When operating the direction indicatorlights, the left or right direction indicatorlight flashes to indicate which directionindicator light is operating (page 5-55).

When operating the hazard warninglights, both direction indicator lights flash(page 5-64).

NOTE

If an indicator light remains illuminated(does not flash) or if it flashesabnormally, one of the directionindicator bulbs may be burned out.

Beep Sounds

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer as soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding:Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding is dangerous.In a collision, the air bags and thefront seat belt pretensioner system willnot deploy and this could result indeath or serious injury.Contact an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer to have the vehicle inspectedas soon as possible.

5-48

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (179,1)

qSeat Belt Warning Beepí

If the driver's seat belt is not fastened andthe vehicle is driven at a speed faster thanabout 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep soundwill be heard for a specified period oftime.Refer to Seat Belt Reminder on page2-33.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition is switched off or theignition is switched to ACC with the keyinserted, a continuous beep sound will beheard when the driver's door is opened.

NOTE

A personalised function is available tochange the sound volume for theignition key reminder. Refer toPersonalisation Features on page 10-9.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the ignition isswitched to ACC or the ignition isswitched off, or the key is removed fromthe ignition switch, a continuous beepsound will be heard when the driver'sdoor is opened.

qi-stop Warning Beepí

If the driver's door is opened while the i-stop function is operating and the engineis stopped automatically, the beep soundsto notify the driver that the engine isstopped. When the driver's door is closedthe beep stops.

Driving Your Mazda


5-49íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (180,1)

Lighting Control

qHeadlights

Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights, other exterior lights and instrument panelillumination on or off.

NOTE

l To prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is offunless safety requires them.

l Headlights do not blind drivers approaching in the opposite direction no matter whatside of the road you must drive your vehicle (left-hand or right-hand traffic).Therefore, it is not necessary to adjust the optical axis of the headlights whenswitching temporarily to driving on the opposite side of the road (left-hand or right-hand traffic).

Without AUTO position

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

Tail lightsPosition lightsNumber plate lightsInstrument panel illumination

Off On On

5-50

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (181,1)

With AUTO position

Switch Position

Headlights Off

Auto

Off On

Tail lightsPosition lightsNumber plate lightsInstrument panel illumination

Off On On

Driving Your Mazda


5-51


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (182,1)

AUTO (Auto-light control)

When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON, thelight sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns theheadlights, other exterior lights and instrument panel illumination on or off (see chartabove).

CAUTIONl Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windscreen.Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly.

l The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keep handsand scrapers clear of the windscreen when the wiper lever is in the AUTO positionand the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiperblades damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you are going to clean thewindscreen, be sure the wipers are turned off completely ― this is particularlyimportant when clearing ice and snow ― when it is particularly tempting to leave theengine running.

5-52

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (183,1)

NOTE

l The headlights, other exterior lights and instrument panel illumination may not turnoff immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensordetermines that it is nighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for severalminutes such as inside long tunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parkinglots.In this case, the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position.

l The instrument panel illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in theinstrument cluster. To adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination: Referto Instrument Panel Illumination on page 5-41.

l When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched toACC or the ignition is switched off, the headlights, other exterior lights andinstrument panel illumination will turn off.

l The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the ignition isswitched to ACC or the ignition isswitched off, or the key is removed fromthe ignition switch, a continuous beepsound will be heard when the driver'sdoor is opened.

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Press the lever forward to turn on the highbeams.Pull the lever back to its original positionfor the low beams.

High beam

Low beam

Driving Your Mazda


5-53


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (184,1)

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fullytowards you (the headlight switch doesnot need to be on). The lever will return tothe normal position when released.

OFF

Headlight flashing

qHeadlight Levelling

The number of passengers and weight ofcargo in the luggage compartment changethe angle of the headlights.

The headlight levelling switch is used toadjust the angle of the headlightsmanually.

Select the proper headlight angle from the followingchart.

Front seat Rearseat*1

LoadSwitchPositionDriver Passenger

× ― ― ― 0

× × ― ― 0

× × × ― 1

× × × × 2

× ― ― × 3

×: Yes―: No*1 Second-row and third-row seats

5-54

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (185,1)

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Direction Indicators

Move the signal lever down (for a leftturn) or up (for a right turn) to the stopposition. The signal will self-cancel afterthe turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever toits original position.

Right turn

Left turn

Right lane change

Left lane change

OFF

Green indicators on the instrument panelshow which signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever halfway toward thedirection of the change ―until theindicator flashes― and hold it there. Itwill return to the off position whenreleased.

NOTE

If an indicator light stays on withoutflashing or if it flashes abnormally, oneof the direction indicator bulbs may beburned out.

Front Fog Lightsí

The front fog lights will improve visibilityat night and during foggy conditions.

The headlight switch must be in theor position before turning on the frontfog lights.

To turn the front fog lights on, rotate thefog light switch to the or position(the fog light switch returns to theposition automatically).The front fog light indicator in theinstrument cluster illuminates while thefront fog lights are on.

Fog light switch

To turn the front fog light off, rotate thefog light switch to the position orturn the headlight switch to theposition.The front fog light indicator in theinstrument cluster turns off when the frontfog lights are turned off.

Driving Your Mazda


5-55íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (186,1)

NOTE

l (With auto-light control)If the headlight switch is in the

position, the front fog lightcan be turned on when theheadlights, the exterior lights andinstrument panel illumination are on.

l If the fog light switch is rotated tothe position (the fog light switchreturns to the positionautomatically), the rear fog light willalso illuminate, and the rear fog lightindicator in the instrument clusterwill also illuminate.

Rear Fog Lightí

The fog light helps you to be seen.

qType A (With front fog light)

The headlight switch must be in theor position before turning on the rearfog light.

To turn the rear fog light on, rotate the foglight switch to the position (the foglight switch returns to the positionautomatically).The rear fog light indicator in theinstrument cluster illuminates while therear fog light is on.

Fog light switch

To turn the rear fog light off, do any of thefollowing:

l Rotate the fog light switch to theposition again (the fog light switchreturns to the positionautomatically).

l Rotate the fog light switch to the OFFposition.

l Turn the headlight switch to the OFFposition.

The rear fog light indicator in theinstrument cluster goes off when the rearfog light is turned off.

5-56

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (187,1)

NOTE

l The front fog lights turns on whenthe rear fog light is turned on.

l If the fog light switch is rotated tothe position (the fog light switchreturns to the positionautomatically), the front fog lightindicator in the instrument clusterwill also illuminate.

l (With auto-light control)When the headlight switch is in theAUTO position, the rear fog lightturns on when the headlights, theexterior lights and instrument panelillumination are on.

qType B (Without front fog light)

The headlights must be turned on to turnon the rear fog light.

To turn the rear fog light on, rotate the foglight switch to the position (the foglight switch returns to its original positionautomatically).The rear fog light indicator in theinstrument cluster illuminates while therear fog light is on.

Fog light switch

To turn the rear fog light off, do any of thefollowing:

l Rotate the fog light switch to theposition again (the fog light switchreturns to its original positionautomatically).

l Turn the headlight switch to the OFFposition.

The rear fog light indicator in theinstrument cluster goes off when the rearfog light is turned off.

NOTE

(With auto-light control)If the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the rear fog light can be turnedon when the headlights, the exteriorlights and instrument panel illuminationare on.

Driving Your Mazda


5-57


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (188,1)

Windscreen Wipers andWasher

The ignition must be switched ON.

WARNINGUse only windscreen washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindscreen, it will dirty thewindscreen, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Only use windscreen washer fluidmixed with anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions:Using windscreen washer fluidwithout anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions isdangerous as it could freeze on thewindscreen and block your visionwhich could cause an accident.In addition, make sure the windscreenis sufficiently warmed using thedefroster before spraying the washerfluid.

NOTE

Because heavy ice and snow can jamthe wiper blades, the wiper motor isprotected from motor breakdown,overheating and possible fire by acircuit breaker. This mechanism willautomatically stop operation of theblades, but only for about 5 minutes.If this happens, turn off the wiperswitch and park off the right-of-way,and remove the snow and ice.After 5 minutes, turn on the switch andthe blades should operate normally. Ifthey do not resume functioning, consultan expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer as soon aspossible. Drive to the side of the roadand park off the right-of-way. Wait untilthe weather clears before trying to drivewith the wipers inoperative.

qWindscreen Wipers

Turn the wipers on by pressing the leverup or down.

With INT position

5-58

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (189,1)

Switch PositionWiper operation

No.TypeA

TypeB

Single wipe cycle (mist)

Intermittent

Low speed

High speed

With AUTO position


No.TypeA

TypeB

Single wipe cycle (mist)

Auto control

Low speed

High speed

Variable-speed intermittent wipers

Set the lever to the intermittent positionand choose the interval timing by rotatingthe ring.

INT ring

AUTO (Auto-wiper control)

When the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition, the rain sensor senses theamount of rainfall on the windscreen andturns the wipers on or off automatically(off―intermittent―low speed―highspeed).

Driving Your Mazda


5-59


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (190,1)

The sensitivity of the rain sensor can beadjusted by turning the switch on thewiper lever.From the centre position (normal), rotatethe switch downward for highersensitivity (faster response) or rotate itupward for less sensitivity (slowerresponse).

Higher sensitivity

Less sensitivity

Switch

Centre position

CAUTIONl Do not shade the rain sensor byadhering a sticker or a label on thewindscreen. Otherwise the rainsensor will not operate correctly.

CAUTIONl When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers may moveautomatically in the following cases:

l If the windscreen above the rainsensor is touched or wiped with acloth.

l If the windscreen is struck with ahand or other object from eitheroutside or inside the vehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear of thewindscreen when the wiper lever isin the AUTO position and theignition is switched ON as fingerscould be pinched or the wipers andwiper blades damaged when thewipers activate automatically.If you are going to clean thewindscreen, be sure the wipers areturned off completely―this isparticularly important when clearingice and snow―when it is most likelythat the engine is left running.

NOTE

l Switching the auto-wiper lever fromthe OFF to the AUTO position whiledriving at a vehicle speed of 4 km/h(2 mph) or higher (or after drivingthe vehicle) activates the windscreenwipers once, after which they operateaccording to the rainfall amount.

l The auto-wiper control may notoperate when the rain sensortemperature is about _10 °C orlower, or about 85 °C or higher.

5-60

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (191,1)

NOTE

l If the windscreen is coated withwater repellent, the rain sensor maynot be able to sense the amount ofrainfall correctly and auto-wipercontrol may not operate properly.

l If dirt or foreign matter (Such as iceor matter containing salt water)adheres to the windscreen above therain sensor or if the windscreen isiced, it could cause the wipers tomove automatically. However, if thewipers cannot remove this ice, dirt orforeign matter, the auto-wipercontrol will stop operation. In thiscase, set the wiper lever to the lowspeed position or high speed positionfor manual operation, or remove theice, dirt or foreign matter by hand torestore the auto-wiper operation.

l If the auto-wiper lever is left in theAUTO position, the wipers couldoperate automatically from the effectof strong light sources,electromagnetic waves, or infraredlight because the rain sensor uses anoptical sensor. It is recommendedthat the auto-wiper lever be switchedto the OFF position other than whendriving the vehicle under rainyconditions.

qWindscreen Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it tospray washer fluid.

Washer

OFF

NOTE

With the wiper lever in the OFF orintermittent position/AUTO position,the wipers will operate continuouslyuntil the lever is released.

If the washer does not work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-19). If it's normal,consult an expert repairer, we recommendan Authorised Mazda Repairer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-61


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (192,1)

Rear Window Wiper andWasher


qRear Window Wiper

Turn the wiper on by turning the rearwiper/washer switch.


No.TypeA

TypeB

INT Intermittent

ON Normal

qRear Window Washer

To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/washer switch to the position. Afterthe switch is released, the washer willstop.If the washer does not work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-19). If it's normal andthe washer still does not work, consult anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

Rear Window DefrosterThe rear window defroster clears fog fromthe rear window.


Press the switch to turn on the rearwindow defroster. The rear windowdefroster operates for about 15 minutesand turns off automatically.The indicator light illuminates duringoperation.

To turn off the rear window defrosterbefore the 15 minutes has elapsed, pressthe switch again.

Fully Automatic Type Air-Conditioning

Indicator light

5-62

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (193,1)

Manual Type Air-Conditioning

Indicator light

CAUTIONDo not use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners with abrasives toclean the inside of the rear windowsurface. They may damage the defrostergrid inside the window.

NOTE

This defroster is not designed formelting snow. If there is anaccumulation of snow on the rearwindow, remove it before using thedefroster.

HornTo sound the horn, press the mark onthe steering wheel.

Driving Your Mazda


5-63


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (194,1)

Hazard Warning FlasherThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Hazard warning flasher

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe direction indicators will flash.

NOTE

l The direction indicators do not workwhen the hazard warning lights areon.

l Check local regulations about the useof hazard warning lights while thevehicle is being towed to verify thatit is not in violation of the law.

5-64

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (195,1)

6 Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

Air-Conditioning System .............................................................. 6-2Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-4Manual Type ............................................................................. 6-8Fully Automatic Type ............................................................. 6-12Rear Ventilation Systemí ....................................................... 6-17

Audio System ............................................................................... 6-18Aerial ...................................................................................... 6-18Operating Tips for Audio System ........................................... 6-18Audio Setí ............................................................................. 6-31Audio Control Switch Operation ............................................ 6-47AUX/USB/iPod Modeí ......................................................... 6-50

Interior Equipment ..................................................................... 6-59Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-59Interior Lights ......................................................................... 6-59Information Display ................................................................ 6-61Cup Holder .............................................................................. 6-65Bottle Holder ........................................................................... 6-67Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-67Accessory Sockets .................................................................. 6-74

6-1íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (196,1)

Operating Tips

qOperating the Air-ConditioningSystem

Operate the air-conditioning system withthe engine running.

NOTE

l To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the fancontrol dial on for a long period oftime with the ignition switched ONwhen the engine is not running.

l (With i-stop)

l The engine may not stop when theair conditioner is operated, andthe engine may restart after theengine has been stopped eventhough the brake pedal is notreleased.Refer to i-stop on page 5-5.

l The airflow amount decreasesslightly while the i-stop functionis operating during auto operation.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions such as leaves,snow and ice from the bonnet and the airinlet in the cowl grille to improve thesystem efficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humidweather. Use the air-conditioning systemto defog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate theair conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTE

The air conditioner may be used alongwith the heater to dehumidify the air.

qOutside/Recirculated Air Position

Use the outside air mode for ventilation orwindscreen defrosting. The recirculatemode should be used when the air insidetunnels or while in traffic jams is polluted,or you would like to shut off outside airfor quick cooling of the interior.

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows to let warm air escape, then runthe air-conditioning system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutesat least once a month to keep internalparts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before theWeather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked beforethe weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerantmay make the air conditioner lessefficient. Consult an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled withHFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that willnot damage the ozone layer.If the air conditioner is low on refrigerantor has a malfunction, consult an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

6-2

Interior Comfort

Air-Conditioning System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (197,1)

qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter

Your vehicle is equipped with an air filterfor the air conditioner. It is necessary tochange the filter periodically as indicatedin scheduled maintenance (page 8-3).Consult an expert repairer, we recommendan Authorised Mazda Repairer forreplacement of the cabin air filter.

Interior Comfort


6-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (198,1)

Vent Operation

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

Side Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, open thevents and rotate them left and right.

Push

Centre Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, movethe adjustment knob.

Knob Dial

Close

Open

6-4

Interior Comfort



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (199,1)

NOTE

l When using the air conditioner underhumid ambient temperatureconditions, the system may blow fogfrom the vents. This is not a sign oftrouble but a result of humid airbeing suddenly cooled.

l The air vents can be fully openedand closed by operating the dial.

Interior Comfort


6-5


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (200,1)

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

Floor Vents

Instrument panel and Floor Vents

Instrument panel Vents Defroster and Floor Vents

Defroster Vents

6-6

Interior Comfort



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (201,1)

NOTE

The location airflow exits the air vents and the airflow amount may change depending onthe open or close status of the air vents.

Interior Comfort


6-7


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (202,1)

Manual Type

Temperature control dial Fan control dial Mode selector dial

A/C switch Rear window defroster switch

Air intake selector

qControl Switches

Temperature control dial

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and anticlockwise forcold.

Fan control dial

This dial allows variable fan speeds.0―Fan off1―Low speed2―Medium low speed3―Medium high speed4―High speed

Mode selector dial

Turn the mode selector dial to selectairflow mode (page 6-6).

NOTE

l The mode selector dial can be set atthe intermediate positions ( )between each mode. Set the dial toan intermediate position if you wantto slightly adjust the airflow amount.

l For example, when the mode selectordial is at the position between the

and positions, airflow fromthe floor vent is less than that of the

position.

A/C switch

Press the A/C switch to turn the airconditioner on. The indicator light on theswitch will illuminate when the fancontrol dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.

6-8

Interior Comfort



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (203,1)

Press the switch once again to turn the airconditioner off.

NOTE

The air conditioner may not functionwhen the outside temperatureapproaches 0 °C (32 °F).

Air intake selector

This switch controls the source of airentering the vehicle.

Press the switch to alternatebetween the outside air and recirculatedair modes.

Outside air mode (indicator lightturned off)

Use this mode for ventilation orwindscreen defrosting.

Recirculated air mode (indicator lightilluminated)

Outside air is shut off. Air within thevehicle is recirculated.

WARNINGDo not use the recirculated air modein cold or rainy weather:Using the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather is dangerous asit will cause the windows to fog up.Your vision will be hampered, whichcould lead to a serious accident.

qHeating

1. Set the mode selector dial to theposition.

2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.

3. Set the temperature control dial to thehot position.

4. Set the fan control dial to the desiredspeed.

5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turnon the air conditioner.

NOTE

l If the windscreen fogs up easily, setthe mode selector dial to theposition.

l If cooler air is desired at face level,set the mode selector dial at theposition and adjust the temperaturecontrol dial to maintain maximumcomfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer thanair to the face (except when thetemperature control dial is set at theextreme hot or cold position).

qCooling (With air conditioner)


2. Set the temperature control dial to thecold position.


4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

Interior Comfort


6-9


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (204,1)

5. Adjust the fan control dial andtemperature control dial to maintainmaximum comfort.

CAUTIONIf the air conditioner is used whiledriving up long hills or in heavy traffic,monitor the engine coolant temperaturewarning light to see if it is illuminatedor flashing (page 5-46).The air conditioner may cause engineoverheating. If the warning light isilluminated or flashing, turn the air-conditioning off (page 7-14).

NOTE

l When maximum cooling is desired,set the temperature control dial to theextreme cold position and set the airintake selector to the recirculated airmode, then set the fan control dial toposition 4.

l If warmer air is desired at floor level,set the mode selector dial at theposition and adjust the temperaturecontrol dial to maintain maximumcomfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer thanair to the face (except when thetemperature control dial is set at theextreme hot or cold position).

qVentilation



3. Set the temperature control dial to thedesired position.


qWindscreen Defrosting andDefogging




4. If dehumidified heating is desired, turnon the air conditioner.

WARNING

Do not defog the windscreen using theposition with the temperature

control set to the cold positionUsing the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windscreen to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a serious accident.Set the temperature control to the hotor warm position when using theposition.

6-10

Interior Comfort



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (205,1)

NOTE

l For maximum defrosting, turn on theair conditioner, set the temperaturecontrol dial to the extreme hotposition, and the fan control dial toposition 4.

l If warm air is desired at the floor, setthe mode selector dial to theposition.

l In the position, the outside airmode is automatically selected.Theair intake selector cannot be changedto the recirculated air mode.

qDehumidifying (With air conditioner)

Operate the air conditioner in cool or coldweather to help defog the windscreen andside windows.

1. Set the mode selector dial to thedesired position.




5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

NOTE

One of the functions of the airconditioner is dehumidifying the airand, to use this function, thetemperature does not have to be set tocold. Therefore, set the temperaturecontrol dial to the desired position (hotor cold) and turn on the air conditionerwhen you want to dehumidify the cabinair.

Interior Comfort


6-11


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (206,1)

Fully Automatic TypeAir-conditioning information is displayed on the information display.

Without rear ventilation system

Fan control dialMode selector switch


Windscreen defroster switch

OFF switch

Air intake selectorRear window defroster switch

Ambient Temperature switch

Auto switch

A/C switch

6-12

Interior Comfort



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (207,1)

With rear ventilation system

Auto switch

Mode selector switchTemperature control dial Fan control dial

Windscreen defroster switch OFF switch

A/C switchRear ventilation control switch

Rear window defroster switch

Air intake selector

qControl Switches

AUTO switch

By pressing the AUTO switch thefollowing functions will be automaticallycontrolled in accordance with the selectedset temperature:

l Airflow temperature

l Amount of airflow

l Selection of airflow mode

l Outside/Recirculated air selection

l Air conditioner operation

l A/C or A/C ECO selection

NOTE

AUTO switch indicator light

l When on, it indicates AUTOoperation, and the system willfunction automatically.

l If any of the following dials orswitches are operated while inAUTO control, the AUTO switchindicator turns off.

l Mode selector switchl Fan control diall Windscreen defroster switch

The functions for dials and switchesother than those operated in theabove continue to operate in AUTOcontrol.

Interior Comfort


6-13


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (208,1)

OFF switch

Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the air-conditioning system.


This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and anticlockwise forcold.

Fan control dial

The fan has seven speeds. The selectedspeed will be displayed.

Mode selector switch

The desired airflow mode can be selected(page 6-6).

NOTE

l With the airflow mode set to theposition and the temperature controldial set at a medium temperature,heated air is directed to the feet and acomparably lower air temperaturewill flow through the central, left andright vents.

l To set the air vent to , press thewindscreen defroster switch.

A/C switch

Pressing the A/C switch while the AUTOswitch is turned on will turn off the air-conditioning (cooling/dehumidifyingfunctions). The air-conditioning can beturned on and off by pressing the A/Cswitch while the fan control dial is on.

NOTE

l The air-conditioning operates whenthe A/C switch is pressed even if thefan is off.

l Selection of A/C and A/C ECO isdone automatically. The A/C ECOfunction is designed to economizeuse of the air-conditioning system.“A/C ECO” is displayed to indicatethat the air-conditioning system isoperating at optimum control.

l The air conditioner may not functionwhen the outside temperatureapproaches 0 °C (32 °F).

Air intake selector

Outside or recirculated air positions canbe selected. Press the switch to selectoutside/recirculated air positions.

Recirculated air position(indicator light illuminated)

Use this position when going throughtunnels, driving in congested traffic (highengine exhaust areas) or when quickcooling is desired.

Outside air position (indicatorlight turned off)

Use this mode for ventilation orwindscreen defrosting.

6-14

Interior Comfort



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (209,1)

WARNING

Do not use the position in coldor rainy weather:Using the position in cold orrainy weather is dangerous as it willcause the windows to fog up. Yourvision will be hampered, which couldlead to a serious accident.

AMB (Ambient Temperature) switchí

The ambient temperature is displayed inthe information centre display. Theambient temperature display switches onor off by pressing the switch.

NOTE

The displayed ambient temperature mayvary from the actual ambienttemperature depending on thesurrounding area and vehicleconditions.

Windscreen defroster switch

Press the switch to defrost the windscreenand front door windows.

qOperation of Automatic Air-conditioning

1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection ofthe airflow mode, air intake selectorand amount of airflow will beautomatically controlled.

2. Use the temperature control dial toselect a desired temperature.

To turn off the system, press the OFFswitch.

NOTE

l Setting the temperature to maximumhigh or low will not provide thedesired temperature at a faster rate.

l When selecting heat, the system willrestrict airflow until it has warmed toprevent cold air from blowing out ofthe vents.

NOTE

For an optimal cabin temperature, setthe temperature close to “25.0”. Adjustto the desired temperature if necessary.

qWindscreen Defrosting andDefogging

Press the windscreen defroster switch.In this position, the outside air position isautomatically selected, and the airconditioner automatically turns on. Theair conditioner will directly dehumidifythe air to the front windscreen and sidewindows (page 6-6). Airflow amount willbe increased.

WARNING

Set the temperature control to the hotor warm position when defogging (position):Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windscreen to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a serious accident.

Interior Comfort


6-15íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (210,1)

NOTE

Use the temperature control dial toincrease the air flow temperature anddefog the windscreen more quickly.

qSunlight Sensorí

The fully automatic air conditioner usesthe sunlight sensor to measure the amountof solar radiation penetrating the vehicleinterior. It then sets the temperature insidethe passenger compartment accordingly.

CAUTIONDo not obstruct the sunlight sensor,otherwise the automatic air conditionerwill not operate properly.

Sunlight sensor

qTemperature Sensor

The fully automatic air conditioner usesthe temperature sensor to measure thetemperature inside the passengercompartment. It then sets the passengercompartment temperature accordingly.

CAUTIONDo not obstruct the temperature sensor,otherwise the automatic air conditionerwill not operate properly.

Interior temperature sensor

6-16

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (211,1)

Rear Ventilation Systemí

The rear ventilation system only blowscool air through the rear vents while thefront air-conditioning system is on. It doesnot blow air when the front air-conditioning is off. The rear vents bloweither outside air or recirculated air,depending on the position in which the airintake selector switch is set.Front air-conditioning is given priorityover the rear ventilation control.

Knob

qControl Switches

Rear ventilation control switch

To get air flowing through the rear vents,first operate the fan control dial or turn onthe AUTO switch on the front air-conditioning operation panel. Then,switch on the rear ventilation controlswitch on the front air-conditioning panel,or switch on either the low or high rearvent button on the rear console.

Rear vent buttons

The rear vent switches adjust the airflowvolume flowing from the rear vent.OFF: Fan offLO: Low speedHI: High speed

NOTE

Only cool or cold air (no heat) blowsthrough the rear vents while the frontair-conditioning is on. Heat for the rearpassengers comes from under the frontseats when the front heater is on and setto floor mode.When pressing the rear ventilationcontrol switch on the front control panel(with air-conditioning system on), therear ventilation system operates at lowspeed only. To change to high speed,press the HI rear vent button.

Interior Comfort


6-17íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (212,1)

Aerial

qDetachable Type

To remove the aerial, turn itanticlockwise.To install the aerial, turn it clockwise.Make sure the aerial is securely installed.

Install

Remove

CAUTIONl To prevent damage to the aerial,remove it before entering a car washfacility or passing beneath a lowoverhead clearance.

l Be careful around the aerial whenremoving snow from the roof.Otherwise the aerial could bedamaged.

NOTE

When leaving your vehicle unattended,we recommend that you remove theaerial and store it inside the vehicle.

Operating Tips for AudioSystem

WARNINGDo not adjust the audio controlswitches while driving the vehicle:Adjusting the audio while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from the vehicleoperation which could lead to aserious accident. Always adjust theaudio while the vehicle is stopped.Even if the audio control switches areequipped on the steering wheel, learnto use the switches without lookingdown at them so that you can keepyour maximum attention on the roadwhile driving the vehicle.

CAUTIONFor the purposes of safe driving, adjustthe audio volume to a level that allowsyou to hear sounds outside of thevehicle including car horns andparticularly emergency vehicle sirens.

NOTE

l To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the audiosystem on for a long period of timewhen the engine is not running.

l If a cellular phone or CB radio isused in or near the vehicle, it couldcause noise to occur from the audiosystem, however, this does notindicate that the system has beendamaged.

6-18

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (213,1)

Do not spill any liquid on the audiosystem.

Do not insert any objects, other than CDs,into the slot.

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things asbuildings or mountains and bounce off theionosphere. Therefore, they can reachlonger distances than FM signals. Becauseof this, two stations may sometimes bepicked up on the same frequency at thesame time.

Station 2Station 1

Ionosphere

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about40―50 km (25―30 miles) from thesource. Because of extra coding needed tobreak the sound into two channels, stereoFM has even less range than monaural(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km (25—30 miles)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similarto beams of light because they do notbend around corners, but they do reflect.Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannottravel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FMstations cannot be received at the greatdistances possible with AM reception.

AM waveFM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Ionosphere

Atmospheric conditions can also affectFM reception. High humidity will causepoor reception. However, cloudy daysmay provide better reception than cleardays.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-19


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (214,1)

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected byobstructions, it is possible to receive boththe direct signal and the reflected signal atthe same time. This causes a slight delayin reception and may be heard as a brokensound or a distortion. This problem mayalso be encountered when in closeproximity to the transmitter.

Reflected waveDirect

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move instraight lines and become weak in valleysbetween tall buildings, mountains, andother obstacles. When a vehicle passesthrough such an area, the receptionconditions may change suddenly, resultingin annoying noise.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signalsbecome weak because of distance fromthe transmitter. Reception in such fringeareas is characterised by sound breakup.

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmittertower. The broadcast signals areextremely strong, so the result is noise andsound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of twostrong stations broadcasting at similarfrequencies, the original station may betemporarily lost and the second stationpicked up. At this time there will be somenoise from this disturbance.

Station 2 88.3 MHz

Station 1 88.1 MHz

6-20

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (215,1)

qOperating Tips for CD Player

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heaterwhen the vehicle is cold, the CD oroptical components (prism and lens) in theCD player may become clouded withcondensation. At this time, the CD willeject immediately when placed in the unit.A clouded CD can be corrected simply bywiping it with a soft cloth. Cloudedoptical components will clear naturally inabout an hour. Wait for normal operationto return before attempting to use the unit.

Handling the CD player

The following precautions should beobserved.

l The CD revolves at high speed withinthe unit. Defective (cracked or badlybent) CDs should never be used.

l Do not use non-conventional discssuch as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,etc. The disc may not eject resulting ina malfunction.

l If the memory portion of the CD istransparent or translucent, do not usethe disc.

Transparent

l A new CD may have rough edges onits inner and outer perimeters. If a discwith rough edges is used, propersetting will not be possible and the CDplayer will not play the CD. Inaddition, the disc may not ejectresulting in a malfunction. Remove therough edges in advance by using a ball-point pen or pencil as shown below. Toremove the rough edges, rub the side ofthe pen or pencil against the inner andouter perimeter of the CD.

l When driving over uneven surfaces,the sound may jump.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-21


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (216,1)

l The CD player has been designed toplay CDs bearing the identificationlogo as shown below. No other discscan be played.

l Use discs that have been legitimatelyproduced. If illegally-copied discs suchas pirated discs are used, the systemmay not operate properly.

l Be sure never to touch the signalsurface when handling the CDs. Pickup a CD by grasping the outer edge orthe edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.Avoid scratching the reverse side (theside without a label). The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

l Dust, finger smudges, and dirt candecrease the amount of light reflectedfrom the signal surface, thus affectingsound quality. If the CD shouldbecome soiled, gently wipe it with asoft cloth from the centre of the CD tothe edge.

l Do not use record sprays, antistaticagents, or household spray cleaners.Volatile chemicals such as benzine andthinner can also damage the surface ofthe CD and must not be used. Anythingthat can damage, warp, or fog plasticshould never be used to clean CDs.

l Insert discs one by one. If two discs areinserted at the same time, the systemmay not operate properly.

l The CD player ejects the CD if the CDis inserted upside down. Also dirtyand/or defective CDs may be ejected.

l Do not insert cleaning discs in the CDplayer.

l Do not insert any disc with a peel-offseal affixed to it.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain CD-R/CD-RWs made using acomputer or music CD recorder due todisc characteristics, scratches,smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust orcondensation on the lens inside theunit.

l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed todirect sunlight or high temperature maydamage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and makethem unplayable.

l CD-R/CD-RWexceeding 700 MBcannot be played.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain discs made using a computerdue to the application (writingsoftware) setting used. (For details,consult the store where the applicationwas purchased.)

l It is possible that certain text data, suchas titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RWmay not be displayed when musicaldata (CD-DA) is playing.

6-22

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (217,1)

l The period from when a CD-RW isinserted to when it begins playing islonger than a normal CD or CD-R.

l Completely read the instruction manualand cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

l Do not use discs with cellophane tapeadhering, partially peeled off labels, oradhesive material exuding from theedges of the CD label. Also, do not usediscs with a commercially-availableCD-R label affixed. The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

qOperating Tips for MP3

NOTE

Supply of this product only conveys alicense for private, non-commercial useand does not convey a license nor implyany right to use this product in anycommercial (i.e. revenue-generating)real time broadcasting (terrestrial,satellite, lead and/or any other media),broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,intranets and/or other networks or inother electronic content distributionsystems, such as pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications. An independentlicense for such use is required. Fordetails, please visithttp://www.mp3licensing.com.

l This audio system handles MP3 filesthat have been recorded on CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have beenrecorded using the following formatscan be played:

l ISO 9660 level 1l ISO 9660 level 2l Joliet extended formatl Romeo extended format

l This unit handles MP3 filesconforming to the MP3 formatcontaining both header frames and dataframes.

l This unit can play multi-sessionrecorded discs that have up to 40sessions.

l This unit can play MP3s with samplingfrequencies of 8/11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 kHz.

l This unit can play MP3 files that havebeen recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insureenjoyment of music with consistentsound quality, it is recommended to usediscs that have been recorded at a bitrate of 128 kbps or more.

l If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3 files, playback of the two filetypes differs depending on how thedisc was recorded.

l Packet written discs cannot be playedon this unit.

l This unit does not play CDs recordedusing MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-23


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (218,1)

About folders and files

l The arrangement and playing order of arecorded disc containing MP3 files isas follows:

05

0102

04

03

0706

1

7

5

2

3

6

4

Folder No.

Level1Level2

Level3

Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit.

Level4

: Track (File): Folder

l The folder order is automaticallyassigned and this order cannot beoptionally set.

l Any folder without an MP3 file will beignored. (It will be skipped and thefolder number will not be displayed.)

l MP3 files not conforming to the MP3format containing both header framesand data frames will be skipped andnot played.

l This unit will play MP3 files that haveup to eight levels. However, the morelevels a disc has, the longer it will taketo initially start playing. It isrecommended to record discs with twolevels or less.

l A single disc with up to 512 files canbe played and a single folder with up to255 files can be played.

l When naming an MP3 file, be sure toadd an MP3 file extension (.mp3) afterthe file name.

l The number of characters which can bedisplayed is restricted.

CAUTIONThis unit can only play MP3 files thathave an MP3 file extension (.mp3)attached. Do not attach an MP3 fileextension to any other type file as itcould cause noise to be emitted or amalfunction in the unit.

About ID3 Tag display

l This unit can only display ID3 Tagalbum, track and artist names that havebeen input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3/2.4formats. Any other data that may havebeen input cannot be displayed.

l This unit cannot display somecharacters. Characters which cannot bedisplayed are indicated by an asterisk( ).

Specialized glossary

MP3

Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.A technical standard for audiocompression as decided by the ISO*1

MPEG working group. Use of MP3allows for audio data to be compressed toapproximately a tenth of the source datasize.

*1 International Organisation forStandardisation

6-24

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (219,1)

ISO 9660

An international standard for logicalformatting of CD-ROM files and folders.It is divided into three separate levelsbased on differences in file namingprocedures, data configuration and othercharacteristics.

Multi-session

A session is the complete amount of datarecorded from the beginning to the end ofa single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-RW data recording. Multi-session refers tothe existence of data from two or moresessions on a single disc.

Sampling

Refers to the process of encoding analogaudio data at regular intervals andconverting it to digital data. The samplingrate refers to the number of times asample is taken in one second and isexpressed in Hz units. Increasing thesampling rate improves the sound qualitybut also increases the data size.

Bit rate

Refers to the volume of data per second,expressed in bps (bits per second).Generally, the larger the number of thetransfer bit rate when compressing anMP3 file, the more information regardingmusical reproduction it carries, andtherefore the better the sound quality.

Packet writing

A general term for the method, similar tothat used for floppy discs or hard drives,of recording the required file in a singleincrement on a CD-R and similar.

ID3 Tag

ID3 tag is a method for storinginformation related to the music in anMP3 file. Information such as track, artistand album name can be stored. Thiscontent can be freely edited using ID3editing function software.

VBR

Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. WhileCBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generallyused, VBR varies the bit rate for audiocompression according to compressionconditions and this allows forcompression with preference given tosound quality.

qOperating Tips for WMA

WMA is short for Windows Media Audioand is the audio compression format usedby Microsoft.Audio data can be created and stored at ahigher compression ratio than MP3.

* Microsoft and Windows Media areregistered trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation U.S. in the United Statesand other countries.

Playable WMA files are as follows:

Item Content

SpecificationWindows Media Audio Version7.0, 8.0, 9.0

Sampling rate22.05 kHz (MID)44.1/48/32 kHz (HI)

Bit rate32―192 kbps (Version 7.0, 8.0)32―320 kbps (Version 9.0)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-25


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (220,1)

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the (.wma) fileextension as a WMA file. Do not usethe WMA file extension for files otherthan WMA files. Otherwise, it couldresult in noise or a malfunction.

l Track, artist and album nameinformation is recorded as data termed“WMA-Tag”, and this information isdisplayable.

l WMA files written under specificationsother than the indicated specificationmay not play normally or files or foldernames may not display correctly.

l The file extension may not be provideddepending on the computer operatingsystem, version, software, or settings.In this case, add the file extension“.wma” to the end of the file name, andthen write it to the disc.

qOperating Tips for AAC

Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) isstandardised voice compressionestablished by the ISO*1 working group(MPEG). Audio data can be created andstored at a higher compression ratio thanMP3.

*1 International Organisation forStandardisation

Playable AAC file specifications

This unit supports playback of AAC filesrecorded in CD-R and CD-RW.

Playable AAC files are as follows:

Item Content

Specification MPEG-4 AAC-LC

Sampling rate8/11.025/12 kHz16/22.05/24 kHz32/44.1/48 kHz

Bit rate 24―320 kbps

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the fileextension (.aac/.m4a) as an AAC file.Do not use the AAC file extension forfiles other than AAC files. Otherwise, itcould result in noise or a malfunction.

l Song, artist, and album nameinformation in the AAC file is recordedas data termed“iTunes, m4a, Meta-Data applicable”,and this information is displayable.

l AAC files written under specificationsother than the indicated specificationmay not play normally or files or foldernames may not display correctly.

l The file extension may not be provideddepending on the computer operatingsystem, version, software, or settings.In this case, add the file extension“.aac/.m4a” to the end of the file name,then write it to the disc.

6-26

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (221,1)

qOperating Tips for USB device

This unit supports playback of MP3/WMA/AAC files recorded to USB device.

NOTE

l Music data (MP3/WMA/AAC (.aac/.m4a) format) stored in a USB mass-storage class compliant device (suchas USB flash memory) can beplayed.

l Playback may not be possibledepending on the type and conditionof the USB flash memory even if theaudio file complies with the standardabove.

l A copyright protected WMA/AACfile cannot be played in this unit.

l The order of the music data stored inthe device may differ from theplayback order.

l To prevent loss or damage of storeddata, we recommend that you alwaysback up your data.

l If a device exceeds the maximumelectric current value of 500 mA, itmay not operate or recharge whenconnected.

l Do not pull out the USB devicewhile in the USB mode (only pull itout while in FM/AM radio or CDmode).

l The device will not operate if thedata is password protected.

Playable MP3 file specifications

Playable MP3 files are as follows:

Item Content

SpecificationMPEG1 AUDIO LAYER IIIMPEG2 AUDIO LAYER IIIMPEG2.5

Sampling rate44.1/48/32 kHz (MPEG1)22.05/24/16 kHz (MPEG2)11.025/12/8 kHz (MPEG2.5)

Bit rate32―320 kbps (MPEG1)32―160 kbps (MPEG2)32―160 kbps (MPEG2.5)

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the fileextension (mp3) as an MP3 file. Do notuse the MP3 file extension for filesother than MP3 files. Otherwise, itcould result in noise or a malfunction.

l MP3 files written under specificationsother than the indicated specificationmay not play normally or files or foldernames may not display correctly.

l The file extension may not be provideddepending on the computer operatingsystem, version, software, or settings.In this case, add the file extension“.mp3” to the end of the file name, andthen write it to the memory.

Playable WMA file specification

Playable WMA files are as follows:

Item Content

SpecificationWindows Media Audio Version7.0, 8.0, 9.0 (standard)

Sampling rate22.05 kHz (MID)44.1/48/32 kHz (HI)

Bit rate32―192 kbps (Version 7.0, 8.0)32―320 kbps (Version 9.0)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-27


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (222,1)

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the fileextension (wma) as a WMA file. Donot use the WMA file extension forfiles other than WMA files. Otherwise,it could result in noise or a malfunction.

l WMA files written under specificationsother than the indicated specificationmay not play normally or files or foldernames may not display correctly.

l The file extension may not be provideddepending on the computer operatingsystem, version, software, or settings.In this case, add the file extension“.wma” to the end of the file name, andthen write it to the memory.

Playable AAC file specification

Playable AAC files are as follows:

Item Content

Specification MPEG4 AAC-LC

Sampling rate8/11.025/12 kHz16/22.05/24 kHz32/44.1/48 kHz

Bit rate 24―320 kbps

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the fileextension (.aac/.m4a) as an AAC file.Do not use the AAC file extension forfiles other than AAC files. Otherwise, itcould result in noise or a malfunction.

l AAC files written under specificationsother than the indicated specificationmay not play normally or files or foldernames may not display correctly.

l The file extension may not be provideddepending on the computer operatingsystem, version, software, or settings.In this case, add the file extension“.aac” or “.m4a” to the end of the filename, and then write it to the memory.

qOperating Tips for iPod

This unit supports playback of music filesrecorded to an iPod.

l iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.,registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

l iPod classic is a trademark of AppleInc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

l iPod nano is a trademark of Apple Inc.,registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

l iPod touch is a trademark of AppleInc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

l iPhone is a trademark of Apple Inc.,registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

Connectable iPods are as follows:

l iPod: 5G

l iPod classic

l iPod nano: 1/2/3/4/5/6G

l iPod touch*1

l iPhone*1: 3G/3GS/4

*1 Only iPod function

6-28

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (223,1)

CAUTIONl Remove the iPod when it is not inuse. Because the iPod is notdesigned to withstand excessivechanges in temperature inside thecabin, it could be damaged or thebattery may deteriorate due to theexcessive temperature or humidityinside the cabin if it is left in thevehicle.

l If data in the iPod is lost while it isconnected to the unit, Mazda cannotguarantee recovery of any lost data.

l If the iPod battery is deteriorated, theiPod may not recharge and playbackmay not be possible when it isconnected to the unit. Replace theiPod battery immediately.

l For the details on using the iPod,refer to the iPod instruction manual.

l When connecting the iPod to a USBport, all commands are made fromthe audio unit. iPod control is notpossible.

NOTE

The audio unit cannot display images orvideos stored in an iPod.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-29


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (224,1)

MEMO

6-30


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (225,1)

Audio Setí

Audio information is displayed on the information display.

Type A (RDS* non-compatible)

Type B (RDS compatible)

Illustration is of a representative audio unit.

*Radio Data System

Power/Volume/Sound Controls ......................................................................... page 6-32Operating the Radio (Type A) ........................................................................... page 6-36Operating the Radio (Type B) ............................................................................ page 6-38Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .......................................................... page 6-42Operating the Auxiliary jack/USB port ............................................................. page 6-45Error Indications ................................................................................................ page 6-46

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-31íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (226,1)

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Audio control dial Power/Volume dial

The figure is an example showing type A unit.

Power ON/OFF

Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTE

To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the audiosystem on for a long period of timewhen the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select thefunction. The selected function will beindicated.

6-32

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (227,1)

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust theselected functions as follows:

Type A

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble

Shift thesound to the

front


rear


left


right

Off On

Type B

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble


front


rear


left


right

Off On

Off On

Off On

NOTE

l Depending on the type of audio unit,the order in which the functionsappear differs.

l About 5 seconds after selecting anymode, the volume function will beautomatically selected. To reset bass,treble, fade, and balance, press theaudio control dial for 2 seconds. Theunit will beep and “CLEAR” will bedisplayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

The automatic level control (ALC) is afeature that automatically adjusts audiovolume and sound quality according tothe vehicle speed.The volume increases in accordance withthe increase in vehicle speed, anddecreases as vehicle speed decreases.

Select the desired ALC mode.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-33


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (228,1)

Turn the audio control dial to select ALCOFF or ALC LEVEL1―7 modes. Theselected mode will be indicated.

Setting Alternative frequency (AF)(Type B)

The AF function of the Radio DataSystem (RDS) can be set on or off (page6-38).

Setting Regional programme (REG)(Type B)

The REG function of the Radio DataSystem (RDS) can be set on or off (page6-38).

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

6-34

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (229,1)

MEMO

6-35


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (230,1)

qOperating the Radio (Type A)

Auto memory button Channel preset buttons

Scan button

Manual tuning dial/Mute button

Band selector buttons Seek tuning buttons

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( , )to turn the radio on.

Band selection

Choose AM by pressing the AM button( ) and FM by pressing the FM1/2button ( ).

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTE

If the FM broadcast signal becomesweak, reception automatically changesfrom STEREO to MONO for reducednoise, and the “ST” indicator will turnoff.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

6-36

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (231,1)

NOTE

If you continue to press and hold thebutton, the frequency will continuechanging without stopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard. The preset channel number andstation frequency will be displayed.The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select AM,FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.

Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown. Additional AM/FM stations canbe stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ) for about 2 seconds until a beepsound is heard; the system willautomatically scan and temporarily storeup to 6 stations with the strongestfrequencies in each selected band in thatarea.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed.Press and release the auto memory button( ) to recall stations from the auto-stored stations. One stored station will beselected each time; its frequency andchannel number will be displayed.

NOTE

If no stations can be tuned afterscanning operations, “A” will bedisplayed.

Mute

Press the mute button ( ) once tomute the audio. Press it again to resumeaudio output.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-37


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (232,1)

qOperating the Radio (Type B)

Channel preset buttons

Seek tuning buttons

Manual tuning dial/Mute button

Band selector buttons

Audio control dial

Traffic announcement button

Programme-type information buttons

Scan button

Auto memory button

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( , )to turn the radio on.

Band selection

Press the AM button ( ) to select MW/LW.Press the FM1/2 button ( ) to switchbetween FM1 and FM2.

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTE

If the FM broadcast signal becomesweak, reception automatically changesfrom STEREO to MONO for reducednoise, and the “ST” indicator will goout.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

6-38

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (233,1)

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

NOTE

If you continue to press and hold thebutton, the frequency will continuechanging without stopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 MW/LWand 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select MW/LW,FM1, or FM2. Tune to the desiredstation.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep is heard.The preset channel number and stationfrequency will be displayed. Thestation is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select MW/LW, FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.

Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ) for about 2 seconds until a beepis heard; the system will automaticallyscan and temporarily store up to 6 stationswith the strongest frequencies in eachselected band in that area.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed. Press andrelease the auto memory button ( )to recall stations from the auto-storedstations. One stored station will beselected each time; its frequency andchannel number will be displayed.

NOTE

If no stations can be tuned afterscanning operations, “A” will bedisplayed.

Radio Data System (RDS)

Alternative frequency (AF)

AF functions on FM stations. Press theaudio control dial and select the AF modeto turn it on and “AF ON” will bedisplayed. If the radio reception of thecurrent station weakens, the systemswitches to an alternative stationautomatically.

If you wish to continue a regionalprogramme, press the audio control dialand select the REG mode to turn it on.“REG ON” is displayed.To cancel it, press the audio control dialand select the REG mode to turn it off.“REG OFF” is displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-39


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (234,1)

Traffic announcement (TA)

If the traffic announcement button ( )is pressed, the unit switches to TA modeand “TA” is displayed.

If a TA broadcast is received while in theTA mode, the TA broadcast intercedeseven while using other functions (FM,CD, USB, iPod, or AUX), and “TrafficInfo” is displayed.During a TA broadcast, press the trafficannouncement button ( ) to end thebroadcast and return to the previousmode.

To set the TA broadcast volume:

Turn the power/volume dial during trafficannouncement reception.

Programme-type information (PTY)

Some FM stations transmit programme-type codes. This code enables alternativestations transmitting the sameprogramme-type code to be foundquickly.

Press the programme-type informationbutton ( , ) while in FM mode. Theprogramme-type code and “PTY” will bedisplayed during reception. If there is noprogramme-type code, “None” will bedisplayed.

To choose a programme type:

Press the programme-type informationbutton ( , ) when the programme-type code is displayed.

To scan for programme-typeinformation:

1. Press the programme-type informationbutton ( , ) when the programme-type code is displayed.

2. Press the programme-type informationbutton ( , ) for about 2 secondsuntil a beep is heard. The unit will scanfor broadcasts, if none are found,“Nothing” will be displayed and theunit will return to the previously tunedband.

Emergency broadcast

When an emergency broadcast isreceived, the emergency broadcastintercedes even while using otherfunctions (FM, CD, USB, iPod, or AUX),and “Alarm” will be displayed. When theemergency broadcast ends, the systemwill return to the previous mode.

Mute

Press the mute button ( ) once tomute the audio. Press it again to resumeaudio output.

6-40

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (235,1)

MEMO

6-41


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (236,1)

qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player

Text button

Repeat button

Random buttonScroll button Folder down button

Scan button

Play/Pause button/File dial

CD slotCD play buttonFolder up button

Load button CD eject button

Track up/Fast-forward button

Track down/Reverse button


Type Playable data

Music/MP3/WMA/AAC CD player

l Music data (CD-DA)

l MP3/WMA/AAC file

NOTE

If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3/WMA/AAC files, playback ofthe two or three file types differsdepending on how the disc wasrecorded.

Inserting the CD

Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.The auto-loading mechanism will set theCD and begin play.

NOTE

There will be a short lapse before playbegins while the player reads the digitalsignals on the CD.

Ejecting the CD

Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject theCD.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

6-42

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (237,1)

NOTE

When the load button ( ) is pressed,the CD will load and play even if theCD eject button ( ) had beenpreviously pressed.

Pause

To stop playback, press the Play/Pausebutton ( ).Press the button again to resumeplayback.

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) or turn thefile dial clockwise once to skip forward tothe beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) or turnthe file dial anticlockwise once to skipback to the beginning of the current track.

Folder search (during MP3/WMA/AACCD playback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ), or press thefolder up button ( ) to advance to thenext folder.

Music scan

During music CD playback

This function scans the titles on a CD andplays 10 seconds of each song to aid youin finding a song you want to listen to.

During MP3/WMA/AAC CD playback

This function scans the titles in a foldercurrently being played and plays 10seconds of each song to aid you in findinga song you want to listen to.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTE

If the unit is left in scan, normalplayback will resume where scan wasselected.

Repeat playback


1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.


(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-43


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (238,1)

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.


Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks on the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly.“DISC RDM” is displayed.


Switching the display

For files with a file name and otherinformation that have been input, thedisplay switches between display of thefile name and other information each timethe text button ( ) is pressed duringplayback.Music CD

Track name

Track number

Album name

Artist name

Track number/Elapsed timeType A

Type B

MP3/WMA/AAC CD

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

Folder number/File number

File number/Elapsed time

Type A

Type B

6-44

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (239,1)

NOTE

l The information viewable in thedisplay is only CD information (suchas artist name, song title) which hasbeen recorded to the CD.

l This unit cannot display somecharacters. Characters which cannotbe displayed are indicated by anasterisk ( ).

Display scroll

Only 12 characters can be displayed atone time.Type ATo display the rest of the characters of along title, press the scroll button ( ).The display scrolls the next 12 characters.Press the scroll button ( ) again afterthe last 12 characters have been displayedto return to the beginning of the title.Type BTo display the rest of the characters of along title, press and hold the text button( ). The display scrolls the next 12characters. Press and hold the text button( ) again after the last 12 charactershave been displayed to return to thebeginning of the title.

NOTE

The number of characters which can bedisplayed is restricted.

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary jack/USB portí

Audio can be heard from the vehicle'sspeakers by connecting a commercially-available portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack.Use a commercially-available, non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug lead.Contact an expert repairer, we recommendan Authorised Mazda Repairer for details.In addition, audio can be played from thevehicle's audio unit by connecting USBdevice or an iPod to the USB port.Refer to AUX/USB/iPod Mode on page6-50.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-45íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (240,1)

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an expert repairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

Indication Cause Solution

CHECK CD

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indicationcontinues to display, consult an expert repairer,we recommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer.

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationcontinues to display, consult an expert repairer,we recommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer.

6-46

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (241,1)

Audio Control SwitchOperation

When the audio unit is turned on,operation of the audio unit from thesteering wheel is possible.Type A

Type B

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, press up thevolume switch.To decrease the volume, press down thevolume switch.

Type A

Type B

qChanging the Source

AM reception typePress the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio → FM2radio → AM radio → CD player→ AUX→ USB/iPod → cyclical).MWand LW reception typePress the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio → FM2radio → MW/LW radio → CD player→AUX → USB/iPod → cyclical).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-47


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (242,1)

Type A

Type B

NOTE

l CD mode cannot be selected if a CDhas not been inserted.

l The AUX mode is unavailable unlessyou connect a commerciallyavailable portable audio unit (such asan MP3 player) to the auxiliary jack.

l When USB device or an iPod is notconnected to the USB port, the modeis not switched to USB/iPod mode.

qSeek Switch

Type A

Type B

When listening to the radio

Press the seek switch up or down. Theradio switches to the next/previous storedstation in the order that it was stored(1―6).Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to seek all usable stationsat a higher or lower frequency whetherprogrammed or not.

6-48

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (243,1)

NOTE

During radio receptionRadio stations which have beenpreviously stored in the auto memorytuning can be called up by pressing theseek switch up or down while any radiostation stored in the auto memorytuning is being received. Radio stationscan be called up in the order they werestored with each press of the switch upor down.

When playing a CD, USB, iPod

Press up the seek switch to skip to thenext track.Press down the seek switch to repeat thecurrent track.Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to continuously switch thetracks up or down.

qMute Switch

Press the mute switch ( ) once to muteaudio, press it again to resume audiooutput.

NOTE

If the ignition is switched off with theaudio muted, the mute will becancelled.Therefore, when the engine is restarted,the audio is not muted. To mute theaudio again, press the mute switch ( ).

Type A

Type B

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-49


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (244,1)

AUX/USB/iPod Modeí

Audio can be heard from the vehicle'sspeakers by connecting a commercially-available portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack.A commercially-available, non-impedance(3.5 ) stereo mini plug lead is required.Contact an expert repairer, we recommendan Authorised Mazda Repairer for details.In addition, audio can be played from thevehicle audio device by connecting USBdevice or an iPod to the USB port.To use the auxiliary jack/USB port, pullup its cover.

USB port

Auxiliary jack

How to use AUX mode ....... page 6-51How to use USB mode ........ page 6-52How to use iPod mode ......... page 6-55Error Indications .................. page 6-58

WARNINGDo not adjust the portable audio unitor a similar product while driving thevehicle:Adjusting the portable audio unit or asimilar product while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from the vehicleoperation which could lead to aserious accident. Always adjust theportable audio unit or a similarproduct while the vehicle is stopped.

Do not allow the connection plug cordto get tangled with the parking brakeor the shift lever:Allowing the plug cord to becometangled with the parking brake or theshift lever is dangerous as it couldinterfere with driving, resulting in anaccident.

CAUTIONl Always close the auxiliary jack/USBport lid when it is not in use. Ifforeign matter or liquid penetrate theauxiliary jack/USB port, it maycause a malfunction.

l Depending on the portable audiodevice, noise may occur when thedevice is connected to the vehicleaccessory socket. (If noise occurs, donot use the accessory socket.)

l Do not place objects or apply forceto the auxiliary jack/USB port withthe plug connected.

6-50

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (245,1)

NOTE

l This mode may not be usabledepending on the portable audiodevice to be connected.

l Before using the auxiliary jack/USBport, refer to the instruction manualfor the portable audio device.

l Use a commercially-available, non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plugfor connecting the portable audiounit to the auxiliary jack. Beforeusing the auxiliary jack, read themanufacturer's instructions forconnecting a portable audio unit tothe auxiliary jack.

l To prevent discharging of the battery,do not use the auxiliary input forlong periods with the engine off oridling.

l When connecting a device to theauxiliary jack or USB port, noisemay occur depending on theconnected device. If the device isconnected to the vehicle's accessorysocket, the noise can be reduced byunplugging it from the accessorysocket.

l Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack/USB port securely.

l Insert or pull out the plug with theplug perpendicular to the auxiliaryjack/USB port hole.

l Insert or remove the plug by holdingits base.

qHow to use AUX mode

Audio Unit Audio Control Switches

1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

2. Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.

3. Press the source change button ( ) ofthe audio unit or the mode switch( ) of the audio control switcheson the steering wheel to change to theAUX mode.

NOTE

l When the device is not connected tothe auxiliary jack, the mode does notswitch to the AUX mode.

l Set the volume of the portable audiounit to the maximum within therange that the sound does notbecome distorted, then adjust thevolume using the power/volume dialof the audio unit or the up/downswitch of the audio control switch.

l Audio adjustments other than audiovolume can only be done using theportable audio device.

l If the connection plug is pulled outfrom the auxiliary jack while inAUX mode, noise may occur.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-51


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (246,1)

qHow to use USB mode

Text button

Scroll button

Scan button

Folder down button Source change button

Track down/Reverse buttonRandom button


Folder up button

Repeat button



Type Playable data

USB mode MP3/WMA/AAC file

Playback



3. Press the source change button ( ) ofthe audio unit or the mode switch( ) of the audio control switcheson the steering wheel to switch to theUSB mode and start playback.

NOTE

l When the USB device is notconnected, the mode does not switchto USB mode.

l When there is no playable data in theUSB device, “NO CONTENTS” isindicated.

l Playback of the USB device is in theorder of the folder numbers. Folderswhich have no MP3/WMA/AACfiles are skipped.

l Do not remove the USB devicewhile in the USB mode. The datamay be damaged.

6-52

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (247,1)

Pause




Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once toskip forward to the beginning of the nexttrack.Press the track down button ( ) within afew seconds after playback begins to trackdown to the beginning of the previoustrack.Press the track down button ( ) after afew seconds have elapsed to startplayback from the beginning of thecurrent track.

Folder search

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ), or press thefolder up button ( ) to advance to thenext folder.

Music Scan

This function scans the titles in a foldercurrently being played and plays tenseconds of each song to aid you in findinga song you want to listen to.Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash). Press thescan button ( ) again to cancel scanplayback.

NOTE


Repeat playback

Track repeat

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

Folder repeat

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.


Random playback


Folder random

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed.


All random

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the USB device randomly.“ALL RDM” is displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-53


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (248,1)



For files with a file name and otherinformation that have been input, thedisplay switches between display of thefile name and other information each timethe text button ( ) is pressed duringplayback.

File name

Folder name

Album name

Song name

Artist name

Folder number/File number


Type A

Type B

NOTE

l The information (artist name, musicname) is displayed only when theUSB device information in the USBdevice has information which can bedisplayed on the screen.


Display scroll


NOTE


Error Messages

When the message “CHECK USB” isdisplayed, it indicates that there is someerror in the USB device. Verify that thecontent recorded in the USB device hasMP3/WMA/AAC files and re-connectcorrectly. If the message reappears, havethe unit checked by an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

6-54

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (249,1)

qHow to use iPod mode

Text button

Scroll button

Scan button

List down button Source change button

Track down/Reverse buttonRandom button


List up button

Repeat button Category down button Category up button



Connectable iPod is as follows:

l iPod: 5G

l iPod classic

l iPod nano: 1/2/3/4/5/6G

l iPod touch*1

l iPhone*1: 3G/3GS/4

*1 For only iPod functions

NOTE

The iPod functions on the iPod cannotbe operated while it is connected to theunit because the unit controls the iPodfunctions.

Playback



3. Press the source change button ( ) ofthe audio unit or the mode switch( ) of the audio control switcheson the steering wheel to switch to theiPod mode and start playback.

NOTE

l When an iPod is not connected, themode does not switch to the iPodmode.

l When there is no playable data in theiPod, “NO CONTENTS” is flashed.

l Do not remove the iPod while in theiPod mode. Otherwise, the datacould be damaged.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-55


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (250,1)

Pause




Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once toskip forward to the beginning of the nexttrack.Press the track down button ( ) within afew seconds after playback begins to trackdown.Press the track down button ( ) after afew seconds have elapsed to startplayback from the beginning of the track.The time required to track down/startplayback from the beginning of a trackvaries depending on iPod softwareversion.

Category search

Press the category down button ( ) toselect the previous category and press thecategory up button ( ) to select the nextcategory.

NOTE

The types of categories include Playlist,Artist, Album, Song, Podcast, Genre,Composer, and Audio book.

List search

Press the list down button ( ) to selectthe previous list and press the list upbutton ( ) to select the next list.

NOTE

When the selected category is Song orAudio book, there is no list.

Music Scan

This function scans the titles in a listcurrently being played and plays tenseconds of each song to aid you in findinga song you want to listen to.Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash). Press thescan button ( ) again to cancel scanplayback.

NOTE


Repeat playback

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.


Random playback


Song random

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the listrandomly. “SONG RDM” is displayed.

6-56

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (251,1)


Album random

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the iPod randomly.“ALBUM RDM” is displayed.


NOTE

The track number being playedrandomly is in the order of the iPodshuffle table.


For files with a file name and otherinformation that have been input, thedisplay switches between display of thefile name and other information each timethe text button ( ) is pressed duringplayback.


File number

Category (Playlist title/Genre title/Composer title/Podcast title)

Artist name

Album name

Song name

Type A

Type B

NOTE

l The information (artist name, musicname) is displayed only when theiPod has information which can bedisplayed.


Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-57


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (252,1)

Display scroll


NOTE


Error Messages

If the message “CHECK iPod” isdisplayed, it indicates that there is amalfunction in the iPod. Verify that thecontent recorded in the iPod has playablefiles and connect correctly. If the messagereappears, have the unit checked by anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on thedisplay, find the cause in the chart. If youcannot clear the error indication, take thevehicle to an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

Indication Cause Solution

CHECK USBUSB devicemalfunction

Verify that the contentrecorded in the USBdevice hasMP3/WMA/AAC filesand re-connect correctly.If the error indicationcontinues to display,consult an expert repairer,we recommend anAuthorised MazdaRepairer.

CHECK iPodiPodmalfunction

Verify that the contentrecorded in the iPod hasplayable files andre-connect correctly.If the error indicationcontinues to display,consult an expert repairer,we recommend anAuthorised MazdaRepairer.

6-58

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (253,1)

SunvisorsWhen you need a sunvisor, lower it foruse in front or swing it to the side.

Sunvisor

qVanity Mirrors

To use the vanity mirror, lower thesunvisor.

Interior Lights

qIlluminated Entry System

When the illuminated entry systemoperates, the overhead light (switch is inthe DOOR position) turn on for:

l About 30 seconds after the driver'sdoor is unlocked and the ignition key isremoved.

l About 15 seconds after all doors areclosed.

l About 15 seconds after the ignition isswitched off and the ignition key isremoved with all doors closed.

The light also turns off when:

l The ignition is switched on and alldoors are closed.

l The driver's door is locked.

NOTE

l Battery saverIf any door is left opened, the lightgoes out after about 30 minutes tosave the battery.The light turns on again when theignition is switched on, or when anydoor is opened after all doors havebeen closed.

l The operation of the illuminatedentry system can be changed.Refer to Personalisation Features onpage 10-9.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-59


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (254,1)

qOverhead Lights

Front

Rear

SwitchPosition

Overhead Lights

Light off

l Light is on when any door is open

l Light is on or off when theilluminated entry system is on

Light on

qMap Lights

The map lights are switched on or off bypressing the switches.

qLuggage Compartment Light

SwitchPosition

Luggage Compartment Light

Light off

Light on when the liftgate is open

6-60

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (255,1)

Information DisplayInformation display varies depending on model and specifications.

Steering switch

Audio displayAir-conditioning displayTrip computer display

Clock/ambient temperature display

qInformation Display Functions

The information display has the following functions (Function status is displayed.):

l Clock

l Ambient Temperature Display

l Air-Conditioning Display (Fully Automatic Type) (Refer to “Air-Conditioning System”(page 6-2))

l Audio Displayí (Refer to “Audio System” (page 6-18))

l Trip Computerí

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-61íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (256,1)

qClock

The time is displayed when the ignition isswitched to ACC or ON.

Time setting

1. Switch the ignition ACC or ON.

2. Adjust the time using the time settingbuttons ( , ).The hours advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.The minutes advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.

Time resetting

1. Switch the ignition ACC or ON.

2. Press the :00 button.

3. When the button is pressed, the timewill be reset as follows:

(Example)12:01―12:29→12:0012:30―12:59→1:00

NOTE

When the :00 button is pressed, theseconds will start at “00”.

qAmbient Temperature Display

With fully automatic type airconditioner

(Without rear ventilation system)When the ignition is switched ON, theambient temperature is displayed.The ambient temperature display switcheson or off by pressing the AMB button.(With rear ventilation system)The ambient temperature is displayedwhen the ignition is switched ON.

Without fully automatic type airconditioner

The ambient temperature is displayedwhen the ignition is switched ON.

6-62

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (257,1)

NOTE

Under the following conditions, theambient temperature display may differfrom the actual ambient temperaturedepending on the surroundings andvehicle conditions:

l Significantly cold or hottemperatures.

l Sudden changes in ambienttemperature.

l The vehicle is parked.

l The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

qTrip Computerí

The trip computer can display thefollowing:

l The current fuel economy.

l The average fuel economy.

l The approximate distance you cantravel on the available fuel.

l The average vehicle speed.

Switch the ignition ON.

Press the INFO button to change thedisplay mode.

Average vehicle speed mode

Distance-to-empty mode

Average fuel economy mode

Current fuel economy mode

If you have any problems with your tripcomputer, consult an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

Current fuel economy mode

This mode displays the current fueleconomy by calculating the amount offuel consumption and the distancetravelled.

Current fuel economy will be calculatedand displayed every 2 seconds.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-63íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (258,1)

When this mode is selected, CURRENTwill be displayed.

When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3mph), - - - L/100 km (- - - mpg) will bedisplayed.

Average fuel economy mode

This mode displays the average fueleconomy by calculating the total fuelconsumption and the total travelleddistance since purchasing the vehicle, re-connecting the battery after disconnection,or resetting the data. The average fueleconomy is calculated and displayedevery minute.

When this mode is selected, AVG will bedisplayed.

To clear the data being displayed, pressthe INFO button for more than 1.5second.After pressing the INFO button, - - - L/100 km (- - - mpg) will be displayed forabout 1 minute before the fuel economy isrecalculated and displayed.

Distance-to-empty mode

This mode displays the approximatedistance you can travel on the remainingfuel based on the fuel economy.

The distance-to-empty will be calculatedand displayed every second.

When this mode is selected, RANGE willbe displayed.

NOTE

l Even though the distance-to-emptydisplay may indicate a sufficientamount of remaining drivingdistance before refuelling is required,refuel as soon as possible if the fuelgauge needle nears E or the low fuelwarning light illuminates.

l The display will not change unlessyou add more than approximately 5L {6 US qt, 5 Imp qt} of fuel.

6-64

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (259,1)

Average vehicle speed mode

This mode displays the average vehiclespeed by calculating the distance and thetime travelled since connecting the batteryor resetting the data.Average vehicle speed will be calculatedand displayed every 10 seconds.

When this mode is selected, AVG will bedisplayed.

To clear the data being displayed, pressthe INFO button for more than 1.5second. After pressing the INFO button, -- - km/h (- - - mile/h) will be displayed forabout 1 minute before the vehicle speed isrecalculated and displayed.

Cup Holder

WARNINGNever use a cup holder to hold hotliquids while the vehicle is moving:Using a cup holder to hold hot liquidswhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. If the contents spill, youcould be scalded.

Do not put anything other than cupsor drink cans in cup holders:Putting objects other than cups ordrink cans in a cup holder isdangerous.During sudden braking ormanoeuvring, occupants could be hitand injured, or objects could bethrown around the vehicle, causinginterference with the driver and thepossibility of an accident. Only use acup holder for cups or drink cans.

CAUTIONTo reduce the possibility of injury in anaccident or a sudden stop, keep the cupholders closed when they are not in use.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-65


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (260,1)

qFront

qRear

Second-row Seat

Seatback Trayí

1. Raise the pull-up seatback tray (page2-5).

2. Push down the cup retainer bar.

Storage box (Second-row right-sideseat)í

To use, pull out the storage box (page6-70).

Third-row seat

Two cup holders are in the side-trim onboth the left and right sides.

6-66

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (261,1)

Bottle HolderBottle holders are on the inside of thefront doors.

Bottle holder

CAUTIONDo not use the bottle holders forcontainers without caps. The contentsmay spill when the door is opened orclosed.

Storage Compartments

WARNINGKeep storage boxes closed whendriving:Driving with the storage boxes open isdangerous. To reduce the possibility ofinjury in an accident or a sudden stop,keep the storage boxes closed whendriving.

Do not put articles in storage spaceswith no lid:Putting articles in storage spaces withno lid is dangerous as they could bethrown around the cabin if the vehicleis suddenly accelerated and causeinjury depending on how the article isstored.

CAUTIONDo not leave lighters or eyeglasses inthe storage boxes while parked underthe sun. A lighter could explode or theplastic material in eyeglasses coulddeform and crack from hightemperature.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-67


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (262,1)

qSmall Item Storage Spaces

WARNINGDo not place objects in the small storage spaces which can roll around easily or stickout.Putting objects in the small item storage spaces which can roll around easily or stickout is dangerous. During emergency braking or a collision, the objects could bethrown around the cabin and cause injury.

The spaces can be used to store small items.

6-68

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (263,1)

qOverhead Consoleí

This console box is designed to storeeyeglasses or other accessories.Push and release to open.

qGlove Compartment

To open the glove compartment, pull thelatch toward you.

To close the glove compartment, firmlypress in the centre of the glovecompartment lid.

qCentre Console

qUnderseat Storage

Storage space is available under the seatbottoms of both second-row seats. Wheneither the centre seat cushion or thestorage box is not stowed in one of thesespaces, the space can be used to storesmall items.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-69íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (264,1)

To use the underseat storage

Pull the strap and lift the seat bottom upand forward.

CAUTIONDo not store items above the markedline indicated in the illustration below.If the items are stored above the markedline, the seat bottom will not lock andcould cause serious injury.

Marked line

To return the seat bottom

Carefully lower the seat bottom backwarduntil it locks in place. Attempt to lift theseat bottom to make sure it is firmlylocked down.


Buckle

qStorage Boxí

The storage box is stowed under thebottom of the right second-row seat.When the storage box is in use, smallitems can be stored in the space under theseat bottom.

6-70

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (265,1)


Buckle

To use the storage box

1. Unfasten the lap portion of the centre-rear seat belt (page 2-32).

2. Pull the strap and lift the seat bottomup and forward.

NOTE

If it is hard to lift the seat bottom, raisethe reclining lever and lean backslightly.

3. Pull out the storage box.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-71


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (266,1)

4. More items can be stowed if the coveris removed.

NOTE

The cover can be kept in the seatbackpocket of the front passenger's seat.

5. Carefully lower the seat bottombackward until it locks in place.Attempt to lift the seat bottom to makesure it is firmly locked down.

To stow the storage box

1. Clean out the inside of the storage box,and then attach the cover to it.

2. Pull the strap and lift the seat bottomup and forward.

3. Make sure the underseat storage area isempty before storing it.

4. Carefully lower the seat bottombackward until it locks in place.Attempt to lift the seat bottom to makesure it is firmly locked down.

CAUTIONWhen folding the seatback of the rightsecond-row seat, make sure the storagebox is stowed. If the storage box is notstowed, it could be damaged.

qCargo Securing Loops

WARNINGMake sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:Not securing cargo while driving isdangerous as it could move or becrushed during sudden braking or acollision and cause injury.

Use the loops in the luggage compartmentto secure cargo with a rope or net. Thetensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive forceto the loops as it will damage them.

6-72

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (267,1)

qCargo Sub-Compartment

Lift the cover.

Boot board

Cargo sub-compartment

qRear Coat Hooks

WARNINGNever hang heavy or sharp objects onthe assist grips and coat hooks:Hanging heavy or sharp-ended objectssuch as a coat hanger from the assistgrips or coat hooks is dangerous asthey can fly off and hit an occupant inthe cabin if a curtain air bag was todeploy, which could result in seriousinjury or death.

Always hang clothes on the coat hooksand the assist grips without hangers.

Coat hook

qLuggage Compartment

A golf bag can be carried in the luggagecompartment.To place a golf bag in the luggagecompartment, use the followingprocedure:

1. Remove the cover for the side storagespace.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-73


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (268,1)

2. Insert the top of the golf bag into theside storage space.

Side storage space

NOTE

l Some golf bags cannot fit dependingon their size.

l Golf bags up to nine inches indiameter can be carried.

Accessory SocketsSwitch the ignition to ACC or ON.Only use genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent requiring no greater than120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).

Front

Rear

6-74

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (269,1)

CAUTIONl To prevent accessory socket damageor electrical failure, pay attention tothe following:

l Do not use accessories thatrequire more than 120 W (DC 12V, 10 A).

l Do not use accessories that arenot genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent.

l Close the cover when theaccessory socket is not in use toprevent foreign objects andliquids from getting into theaccessory socket.

l Correctly insert the plug into theaccessory socket.

l Do not insert the cigarette lighterinto the accessory socket.

l Noise may occur on the audioplayback depending on the deviceconnected to the accessory socket.

l Depending on the device connectedto the accessory socket, the vehicle'selectrical system may be affected,which could cause the warning lightto illuminate. Disconnect theconnected device and make sure thatthe problem is resolved. If theproblem is resolved, disconnect thedevice from the socket and switchthe ignition off. If the problem is notresolved, consult an expert repairer,we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

NOTE

To prevent discharging of the battery,do not use the socket for long periodswith the engine off or idling.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-75


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (270,1)

6-76


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (271,1)

7 In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tyre ........................................................................................ 7-3Spare Tyre and Tool Storage ..................................................... 7-3Changing a Flat Tyre ................................................................. 7-7

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-14Overheating ............................................................................. 7-14

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-16Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-16Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-17Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-22

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-23Towing Description ................................................................. 7-23Towing Hooks ......................................................................... 7-24

7-1


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (272,1)

Parking in an EmergencyThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Hazard warning flasher

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe direction indicators will flash.

NOTE

l The direction indicators do not workwhen the hazard warning lights areon.

l Check local regulations about the useof hazard warning lights while thevehicle is being towed to verify thatit is not in violation of the law.

7-2

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (273,1)

Spare Tyre and Tool StorageSpare tyre and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Towing eyelet

Spare tyre

Wheel brace

Jack lever

Jack

Tool bag

Screwdriver

Wrench


Flat Tyre

7-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (274,1)

qJack

To remove the jack

1. Remove the cover.

2. Turn the wing bolt and jack screwanticlockwise.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

To secure the jack

1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack withthe jack screw pointing front and turnthe wing bolt clockwise to temporarilytighten it.

2. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

3. Turn the wing bolt completely tosecure the jack.

NOTE

If the jack is not completely secured, itcould rattle while driving. Make surethe jack screw is sufficiently tightened.

Maintenance

l Always keep the jack clean.

l Make sure the moving parts are keptfree from dirt or rust.

l Make sure the screw thread isadequately lubricated.

7-4


Flat Tyre


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (275,1)

qSpare Tyre

The temporary spare tyre is lighter andsmaller than a conventional tyre, and isdesigned only for emergency use andshould be used only for VERY shortperiods. Temporary spare tyres shouldNEVER be used for long drives orextended periods.

WARNINGDo not install the temporary spare tyreon the front wheels (driving wheels):Driving with the temporary spare tyreon one of the front driving wheels isdangerous. Handling will be affected.You could lose control of the vehicle,especially on ice or snow bound roads,and have an accident. Move a regulartyre to the front wheel and install thetemporary spare tyre to the rear.

CAUTIONl When using the temporary sparetyre, driving stability may decreasecompared to when using only theconventional tyre. Drive carefully.

l To avoid damage to the temporaryspare tyre or to the vehicle, observethe following precautions:

l Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).l Avoid driving over obstacles.

Also, do not drive through anautomatic car wash. This tyre'sdiameter is smaller than aconventional tyre, so the groundclearance is reduced.

l Do not use a tyre chain on thistyre because it won't fit properly.

l Do not use your temporary sparetyre on any other vehicle, it hasbeen designed only for yourMazda.

l Use only one temporary spare tyreon your vehicle at the same time.

To remove the spare tyre

1. Fold the third-row seat forward (page2-17).


Flat Tyre

7-5


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (276,1)

2. Open and fold back the boot boardover the third-row seatback.

Boot board

3. Remove the cargo sub-compartment.

Boot boardCargo sub-compartment

4. Turn the tyre hold-down boltanticlockwise with the wheel brace.

To secure the spare tyre

Perform the removal procedure in reverse.

7-6


Flat Tyre


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (277,1)

Changing a Flat Tyre

NOTE

If the following occurs while driving, itcould indicate a flat tyre.

l Steering becomes difficult.

l The vehicle begins to vibrateexcessively.

l The vehicle pulls in one direction.

If you have a flat tyre, drive slowly to alevel spot that is well off the road and outof the way of traffic to change the tyre.Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of abusy road is dangerous.

WARNINGBe sure to follow the directions forchanging a tyre:Changing a tyre is dangerous if notdone properly. The vehicle can slip offthe jack and seriously injure someone.No person should place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle that issupported by a jack.

Never allow anyone inside a vehiclesupported by a jack:Allowing someone to remain in avehicle supported by a jack isdangerous. The occupant could causethe vehicle to fall resulting in seriousinjury.

NOTE

Make sure the jack is well lubricatedbefore using it.

1. Park on a hard, level surface off theright-of-way and firmly set the parkingbrake.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in Park (P), a manualtransaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turnoff the engine.

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, tool bag, and sparetyre (page 7-3).

6. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tyre. When blocking a wheel,place a tyre block both in front andbehind the tyre.

NOTE

When blocking a tyre, use rocks orwood blocks of sufficient size ifpossible to hold the tyre in place.


Flat Tyre

7-7


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (278,1)

qRemoving a Flat Tyre

WARNINGWhen jacking-up a vehicle, alwaysshift the shift lever to 1st or R (manualtransaxle vehicle) or shift the selectorlever to P (automatic transaxlevehicle), apply the parking brake, andplace wheel blocks in the positiondiagonally opposed to the jack:Changing a flat tyre without usingwheel blocks is dangerous because thevehicle may move and fall off the jackeven with the shift lever in 1st or R, orthe select lever is in P, which couldresult in an accident.

1. Loosen the wheel nuts by turning themanticlockwise one turn each, but do notremove any wheel nuts until the tyrehas been raised off the ground.

2. Place the jack on the ground.

3. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure and adjust the jackhead so that it is close to the jack-upposition.

Jack head

4. Place the jack under the jack-upposition closest to the tyre beingchanged with the jack head squarelyunder the jack-up point.

Jacking position

7-8


Flat Tyre


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (279,1)

5. Continue raising the jack headgradually by rotating the screw withyour hand until the jack head isinserted into the jack-up position.

Tyre blocks

Jacking position

WARNINGUse only the front and rear jackingpositions recommended in thismanual:Attempting to jack the vehicle inpositions other than thoserecommended in this manual isdangerous. The vehicle could slip offthe jack and seriously injure or evenkill someone. Use only the front andrear jacking positions recommendedin this manual.

WARNINGDo not jack up the vehicle in aposition other than the designatedjack-up position or place any objectson or under the jack:Jacking up the vehicle in a positionother than the designated jack-upposition or placing objects on or underthe jack is dangerous as it coulddeform the vehicle body or the vehiclecould fall off the jack resulting in anaccident.

Use only the jack provided with yourMazda:Using a jack that is not designed foryour Mazda is dangerous. The vehiclecould slip off the jack and seriouslyinjure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:Jacking the vehicle with an objectunder the jack is dangerous. The jackcould slip and someone could beseriously injured by the jack or thefalling vehicle.


Flat Tyre

7-9


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (280,1)

NOTE

If it is difficult to set the jack due to alowered vehicle height for reasons suchas a tyre puncture, insert the jack fromthe middle of the vehicle and slide it tothe designated jack-up point.

6. Insert the jack lever and attach thewheel brace to tyre jack.

7. Turn the wheel brace clockwise andraise the vehicle high enough so thatthe spare tyre can be installed. Beforeremoving the wheel nuts, make sureyour Mazda is firmly in position andthat it cannot slip or move.

WARNINGDo not jack up the vehicle higher thanis necessary:Jacking up the vehicle higher than isnecessary is dangerous as it coulddestabilize the vehicle resulting in anaccident.

Do not start the engine or shake thevehicle while it is jacked up:Starting the engine or shaking thevehicle while it is jacked up isdangerous as it could cause thevehicle to fall off the jack resulting inan accident.

Never go under the vehicle while it isjacked up:Going under the vehicle while it isjacked up is dangerous as it couldresult in death or serious injury if thevehicle were to fall off the jack.

7-10


Flat Tyre


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (281,1)

8. Remove the wheel nuts by turningthem anticlockwise; then remove thewheel and centre cap.

qMounting the Spare Tyre

1. Remove dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel andhub, including the hub bolts, with acloth.

WARNINGMake sure the mounting surfaces ofthe wheel, hub and wheel nuts areclean before changing or replacingtyres:When changing or replacing a tyre,not removing dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel, huband hub bolts is dangerous. The wheelnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tyre to come off, resulting inan accident.

2. Mount the spare tyre.

3. Install the wheel nuts with the bevellededge inward; tighten them by hand.

WARNINGDo not apply oil or grease to wheelnuts and bolts and do not tighten thewheel nuts beyond the recommendedtightening torque:Applying oil or grease to wheel nutsand bolts is dangerous. The wheelnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tyre to come off, resulting inan accident. In addition, wheel nutsand bolts could be damaged iftightened more than necessary.


Flat Tyre

7-11


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (282,1)

4. Turn the wheel brace anticlockwise andlower the vehicle. Use the wheel braceto tighten the nuts in the order shown.

If you are unsure of how tight the nutsshould be, have them inspected at anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

Nut tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 88―118 (9―12, 65―87)

WARNINGAlways securely and correctly tightenthe wheel nuts:Improperly or loosely tightened wheelnuts are dangerous. The wheel couldwobble or come off. This could resultin loss of vehicle control and cause aserious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts youremoved or replace them with metricnuts of the same configuration:Because the wheel studs and wheelnuts on your Mazda have metricthreads, using a non-metric nut isdangerous. On a metric stud, it wouldnot secure the wheel and woulddamage the stud, which could causethe wheel to slip off and cause anaccident.

5. Remove the tyre blocks and store thetools, jack, and damaged tyre.

6. Check the inflation pressure. Refer toTyres on page 10-6.

7. Have the flat tyre repaired or replacedas soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive with any tyres that haveincorrect air pressure:Driving on tyres with incorrect airpressure is dangerous. Tyres withincorrect pressure could affecthandling and result in an accident.When you check the regular tyres' airpressure, check the spare tyre, too.

7-12


Flat Tyre


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (283,1)

NOTE

To prevent the jack and tool fromrattling, store them properly.


Flat Tyre

7-13


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (284,1)

OverheatingIf the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, the vehicle loses power, oryou hear a loud knocking or pingingnoise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING

Switch the ignition to off andmake sure the fan is not runningbefore attempting to work near thecooling fan:Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped and theengine compartment temperature ishigh. You could be hit by the fan andseriously injured.

Do not remove eithercooling system cap when the engineand radiator are hot:When the engine and radiator are hot,scalding coolant and steam may shootout under pressure and cause seriousinjury.

Open the bonnet ONLYafter steam isno longer escaping from the engine:Steam from an overheated engine isdangerous. The escaping steam couldseriously burn you.

If the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road andpark off the right-of-way.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in park (P), a manualtransaxle in neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam isescaping from the engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the enginecompartment:Do not go near the front of the vehicle.Stop the engine.Wait until the steam dissipates, thenopen the bonnet and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam isescaping:Open the bonnet and idle the engineuntil it cools.

CAUTIONIf the cooling fan does not operatewhile the engine is running, the enginetemperature will increase. Stop theengine and call an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,then turn off the engine after thetemperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant level.If it's low, look for coolant leaks fromthe radiator and hoses.

7-14


Overheating


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (285,1)

If you find a leak or other damage, or ifcoolant is still leaking:Stop the engine and call an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

Cooling system cap

Cooling fan

Coolant reservoir

If you find no problems, the engine iscool, and no leaks are obvious:Carefully add coolant as required (page8-14).

CAUTIONIf the engine continues to overheat orfrequently overheats, have the coolingsystem inspected. The engine could beseriously damaged unless repairs aremade. Consult an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.


Overheating

7-15


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (286,1)

Starting a Flooded EngineIf the engine fails to start, it may beflooded (excessive fuel in the engine).

Follow this procedure:

1. If the engine does not start within fiveseconds on the first try, switch theignition off, wait ten seconds and tryagain.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.

3. Depress the accelerator all the way andhold it there.

4. Depress the clutch pedal (Manualtransaxle) or the brake pedal(Automatic transaxle).

5. Switch the ignition to START and holdit there―for up to ten seconds. If theengine starts, release the key andaccelerator immediately because theengine will suddenly rev up.

6. If the engine fails to start, crank itwithout depressing the accelerator―forup to ten seconds.

If the engine still does not start using theabove procedure, have your vehicleinspected by an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

7-16


Emergency Starting


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (287,1)

Jump-StartingJump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If youfeel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent servicetechnician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautionscarefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object thatcould cause sparks:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a battery,do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of thebattery.

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It mayrupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative lead to a good ground point away from the battery:Connecting the end of the second jumper lead to the negative ( ) terminal of thedischarged battery is dangerous.A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper leads away from parts that will be moving:Connecting a jumper lead near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.The lead could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.


Emergency Starting

7-17


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (288,1)

CAUTIONUse only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, andother electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries inseries or a 24 V motor generator set).

(SKYACTIV-G 2.0)

Connect leads in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.

Jumper leads

Booster battery

Discharged battery

(MZR 2.0)

Jumper leads

Connect leads in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.Discharged battery

Booster battery

7-18


Emergency Starting


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (289,1)

1. Remove the battery cover from its frontside.

CAUTIONl Do not use a tool which appliesexcessive force such as a screwdriveror pliers.If excessive force is applied to theclips, they could be damaged.To prevent damaging the batterycover, remove the battery coverusing the following procedure.

1 Detach the clip facing the side of thevehicle first and pull it outward withyour finger approx. 4 mm (0.2 in).Then, lift the cover slightly to clearthe lock.

Clip

CAUTION2 Detach the clip facing the vehicle

interior first and pull it outward withyour finger approx. 4 mm (0.2 in).Then, lift the cover slightly to clearthe lock.

Clip

3 Pull out the battery cover beingcareful not to allow it to contact thecowl grille.

Battery cover Cowl grille

2. Make sure the booster battery is 12 Vand that its negative terminal isgrounded.


Emergency Starting

7-19


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (290,1)

3. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow both vehicles totouch. Turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery and allunnecessary electrical loads in bothvehicles.

4. Connect the jumper leads in the exactsequence as in the illustration.

l Connect one end of a lead to thepositive terminal on the dischargedbattery (1).

l Attach the other end to the positiveterminal on the booster battery (2).

l Connect one end of the other lead tothe negative terminal of the boosterbattery (3).

l Connect the other end to the groundpoint indicated in the illustrationaway from the discharged battery(4).

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand run it a few minutes. Then start theengine of the other vehicle.

6. When finished, carefully disconnect theleads in the reverse order described inthe illustration.

7. If the battery cover has been removed,install it in the reverse order ofremoval.

CAUTIONl Do not use a tool which appliesexcessive force such as a screwdriveror pliers.If excessive force is applied to theclips, they could be damaged.To prevent damaging the batterycover, install the battery cover usingthe following procedure.

7-20


Emergency Starting


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (291,1)

CAUTION1 (SKYACTIV-G 2.0)

Being careful not to contact the cowlgrille, insert the tab on the one end ofthe battery cover into the holes of thebattery tray and engage the tab.(MZR 2.0)Set the battery cover to the batterytray as shown in the figure whilebeing careful that it does not contactthe cowl grille.

SKYACTIV-G 2.0

Cowl grille

Tab

Hole


MZR 2.0

CAUTION2 Attach the clips on both sides of the

battery cover.

Clip


Emergency Starting

7-21


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (292,1)

CAUTIONl After installing the battery cover,make sure that the cover iscompletely secured. If it is notcompletely secured, it could contactother systems while the vehicle isdriven causing a malfunction.

Verification location

SKYACTIV-G 2.0


MZR 2.0

NOTE

Verify that the covers are securelyinstalled.

Push-StartingDo not push-start your Mazda.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start it:Towing a vehicle to start it isdangerous. The vehicle being towedcould surge forward when its enginestarts, causing the two vehicles tocollide. The occupants could beinjured.

CAUTIONDo not push-start a vehicle that has amanual transaxle. It can damage theemission control system.

NOTE

You can't start a vehicle with anautomatic transaxle by pushing it.

7-22


Emergency Starting


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (293,1)

Towing DescriptionWe recommend that towing be done onlyby an expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer or acommercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle.Government and local laws must befollowed.

A towed vehicle usually should have itsdrive wheels (front wheels) off theground. If excessive damage or otherconditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.

Wheel dollies

When towing with the rear wheels on theground, release the parking brake.

CAUTIONDo not tow the vehicle pointedbackward with driving wheels on theground. This may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

CAUTIONDo not tow with sling-type equipment.This could damage your vehicle. Usewheel-lift or flatbed equipment.


Emergency Towing

7-23


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (294,1)

If towing service is not available in anemergency, the vehicle may be towedwith all four wheels on the ground usingthe towing hook at the front of thevehicle.Only tow the vehicle on paved surfacesfor short distances at low speeds.

CAUTIONFollow these instructions when towingthe vehicle with all wheels on theground.

1. Shift to neutral (Manual transaxle),or the N position (Automatictransaxle).

2. Switch the ignition to ACC toprevent the steering from locking up.

3. Release the parking brake.

Remember that power assist for thebrakes and steering will not be availablewhen the engine is not running.

Towing Hooks

CAUTIONl The towing eyelet should be used inan emergency (to get the vehicle outof a ditch or a snow bank, forexample).

l When using the towing eyelets,always pull the lead or chain in astraight direction with respect to theeyelet. Never apply a sidewaysforce.

NOTE

When towing with chain or lead, wrapthe chain or lead with a soft cloth nearthe bumper to prevent damage to thebumper.

qTowing Hook-Front

1. Remove the towing eyelet and thewheel brace from the boot (page 7-3).

2. Press the marking on the cover asshown in the figure to remove thecover.

7-24


Emergency Towing


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (295,1)

CAUTIONThe cap cannot be completely removed.Do not use excessive force as it maydamage the cap or scratch the paintedbumper surface.

NOTE

If it is difficult to remove the towingeyelet, wrap the jack lever with a clothas shown in the figure and press themarking on the cover to remove it.

Cover

3. Securely install the towing eyelet usingthe wheel brace.

Wheel brace

Towing eyelet

4. Hook the towing rope to the towingeyelet.

Towing eyelet

CAUTIONIf the towing eyelet is not securelytightened, it may loosen or disengagefrom the bumper when towing thevehicle. Make sure that the towingeyelet is securely tightened to thebumper.


Emergency Towing

7-25


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (296,1)

qTowing Hook-Rear

Tiedown hook Towing hook

CAUTIONBe careful not to damage the towinghook, vehicle body, or transaxle systemwhen towing under the followingconditions:

l Do not tow a vehicle heavier thanyours.

l Do not suddenly accelerate yourvehicle as it will apply a severeshock to the towing hook or rope.

l Do not attach any rope other than tothe towing hook.

7-26


Emergency Towing


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (297,1)

8 Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3Scheduled Maintenance ............................................................ 8-3

Owner Maintenance ..................................................................... 8-7Owner Maintenance Schedule .................................................. 8-7Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................... 8-8Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-10Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-11Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-14Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-16Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-17Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) (MZR 2.0) ......................... 8-17Window and Headlight Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-19Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-20Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-20Battery ..................................................................................... 8-24Tyres ........................................................................................ 8-30Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-34Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-42

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-50How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-50Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-52Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-56

8-1


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (298,1)

IntroductionBe careful not to hurt yourself when inspecting your vehicle, replacing a tyre, or doingsome kind of maintenance such as car washing.In particular, wear thick work gloves such as cotton gloves when touching areas that aredifficult to see while inspecting or working on your vehicle. Doing inspections orprocedures with your bare hands could cause injury.

If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliableand qualified technician perform the work, we recommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer.

Authorised Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are dedicated to your vehicle.Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for yourMazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. Thiscould lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed asprescribed.

A claim against a warranty will not qualify if it results from lack of maintenance and notfrom defective material or authorised workmanship.

The malfunction diagnosis connector is designed exclusively for connecting the speciallydesigned device to perform on-board diagnosis.Do not connect any devices other than the specially designed malfunction diagnosisdevices for servicing. If any device other than the malfunction diagnosis device isconnected, it may affect the vehicle's electrical devices or lead to damage such as batterydepletion.

Malfunction diagnosis connector

8-2

Maintenance and Care

Introduction


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (299,1)

Scheduled Maintenance

NOTE

l After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at therecommended intervals.

l As the result of visual examination or functional measurement of a system's operation(performance), correct, clean, or replace as required. (Inspect, and if necessary replacethe air filter)

Emission control and related systemsThe ignition and fuel systems are highly important to the emission control system and toefficient engine operation. Don't tamper with them.All inspections and adjustments must be made by an expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.



8-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (300,1)

qSchedule

MaintenanceInterval

Number of months or kilometres (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160

×1000 miles 6.25 12.5 18.75 25 31.25 37.5 43.75 50 56.25 62.5 68.75 75 81.25 87.5 93.75 100

SKYACTIV-G 2.0 AND MZR 2.0

Engine valve clearance(Except SKYACTIV-G 2.0)

Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy, adjust.

Drive belts*1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Fuel filter Replace every 60,000 km (37,500 miles).

Spark plugs*2 Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles).

Evaporative system (if installed) I I I I I I I I

MZ-CD 1.6

Engine timing belt*3 Replace every 200,000 km (125,000 miles) or 10 years.

Drive belts*1Inspect every 10,000 km (6,250 miles) or 6 months.

Replace every 200,000 km (125,000 miles) or 10 years.

Fuel filter R R R R

Fuel system (Drain water) D D D D

8-4




Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (301,1)

MaintenanceInterval

Number of months or kilometres (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160

×1000 miles 6.25 12.5 18.75 25 31.25 37.5 43.75 50 56.25 62.5 68.75 75 81.25 87.5 93.75 100

SKYACTIV-G 2.0, MZR 2.0 AND MZ-CD 1.6

Engine oil*4 R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter*4 R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Cooling system I I I I I I I I

Engine coolantFL22 type*5

Replace every 200,000 km (125,000 miles) or 10 years; after that, every100,000 km (62,500 miles) or 5 years.

Others Replace every 2 years.

Air filter*6 C C R C C R C C

Fuel lines and hoses I I I I I I I I

Battery electrolyte level andspecific gravity*7

I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid*8 I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power brake unit (Brake booster)and hoses

I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid, lines, hosesand connections

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I

Manual transaxle oilSKYACTIV-G 2.0 ANDMZR 2.0

R

MZ-CD 1.6 I I I I I I I I

Front and rear suspension, balljoints and wheel bearing axial play

I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 80,000 km (50,000 miles).

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T T T

Body condition(for rust, corrosion and perforation)

Inspect annually.

Cabin air filter (if installed) R R R R R R R R

Tyre rotation Rotate every 10,000 km (6,250 miles).

Tyres (including spare tyre)(with inflation pressure adjustment)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Flat tyre repair kit (if installed)*9 Inspect annually.



8-5


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (302,1)

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceC: CleanD: DrainT: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Also inspect and adjust the power steering and air conditioner drive belts, if installed.If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, inspect the drive belts more oftenthan the recommended intervals.a) Driving in dusty conditionsb) Extended periods of idling or low speed operationc) Driving for long period in cold temperatures or driving regularly at short distance onlyd) Driving in extremely hot conditionse) Driving in mountainous conditions continually

*2 In the countries below, inspect the spark plugs at every 10,000 km (6,250 miles) or 12 months before replacingthem at the said interval.Chile, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Peru, Hong Kong, Macau, Papua New Guinea, Vietnam

*3 Replacement of the timing belt is required at every 200,000 km (125,000 miles) or 10 years. Failure to replacethe timing belt may result in damage to the engine.

*4 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the engine oil and oil filtermore often than the recommended intervals.a) Driving in dusty conditionsb) Extended periods of idling or low speed operationc) Driving for long period in cold temperatures or driving regularly at short distance onlyd) Driving in extremely hot conditionse) Driving in mountainous conditions continually

*5 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*6 If the vehicle is operated in very dusty or sandy areas, clean and if necessary, replace the air filter more oftenthan the recommended intervals.

*7 If the vehicle is operated in extremely heat and extremely cold areas, inspect the battery electrolyte level andspecific gravity at every 10,000 km (6,250 miles) or 6 months.

*8 If the brakes are used extensively (for example, continuous hard driving or mountain driving) or if the vehicleis operated in extremely humid climates, replace the brake fluid annually.

*9 Check the tyre repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace thetyre repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.

8-6




Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (303,1)

Owner Maintenance Schedule

qRoutine Service

We highly recommend that these items be inspected daily, or at least every week.

l Engine Oil Level (page 8-11)

l Engine Coolant Level (page 8-14)

l Brake and Clutch Fluid Level (page 8-16)

l Washer Fluid Level (page 8-19)

l Battery Maintenance (page 8-29)

l Tyre Inflation Pressure (page 8-31)


Owner Maintenance

8-7


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (304,1)

Owner Maintenance PrecautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions onlyfor items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with special tools.

Improper do-it yourself maintenance during the warranty period may affect warrantycoverage. For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with thevehicle. If you are unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done byan expert repairer, we recommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer.

There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Pleasedispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

WARNINGDo not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by aqualified technician:Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You canbe seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.

If you must run the engine while working under the bonnet, make certain that youremove all jewellery (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or coolingfan which may turn on unexpectedly:Working under the bonnet with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes evenmore dangerous when you wear jewellery or loose clothing.Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attemptingto work near the cooling fan:Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could continuerunning indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartmenttemperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.

8-8


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (305,1)

WARNINGDo not leave items in the engine compartment:After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, donot forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or afire leading to an unexpected accident.


Owner Maintenance

8-9


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (306,1)

Engine Compartment Overview

Battery

BatteryBrake/Clutch fluid reservoir

Brake fluid reservoir

Engine oil-filler cap

Engine oil-filler cap

MZR 2.0

SKYACTIV-G 2.0

Windscreen washer fluid reservoir

Engine oil dipstick

Engine oil dipstick

Engine coolant reservoir

Engine coolant reservoir

Windscreen washer fluid reservoir

Fuse block

Fuse block

Power steering fluid reservoir

Power steering fluid reservoir

Cooling system cap

Cooling system cap

Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick (Only for automatic transaxle)

8-10


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (307,1)

Engine Oil

NOTE

Changing the engine oil should be done by an expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

qRecommended Oil

In order to keep the maintenance interval (page 8-3) and to protect the engine from damagecaused by poor lubrication, it is vitally important to make use of engine oil with the correctspecification.Do not use oils which do not meet the below specification or requirements. Use ofunsuitable oil may lead to engine damage which is not covered by the Mazda Warranty.


Owner Maintenance

8-11


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (308,1)

Grade

Temperature Range SAE Viscosity Numbers

API SG/SH/SJ/SL/SM/SN or ILSAC GF-II/GF-III/GF-IV/GF-V

–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40

–20 0 20 40 60 80 100

–40

–40

SKYACTIV-G 2.0

Grade

Temperature Range SAE Viscosity Numbers

API SG/SH/SJ/SL/SM/SN or ILSAC GF-II/GF-III/GF-IV/GF-V

–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40

–20 0 20 40 60 80 100

–40

–40

MZR 2.0

8-12


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (309,1)

Engine oil viscosity, or thickness, has an effect on fuel economy and cold-weatheroperation (starting and oil flow).Low-viscosity engine oils can provide improved fuel economy and cold-weatherperformance.But high-temperature weather conditions require higher-viscosity engine oils forsatisfactory lubrication.

When choosing an oil, consider the temperature range your vehicle will operate in beforethe next oil change.Then select the recommended viscosity from the chart above.

CAUTIONUsing oils of viscosity besides those recommended for specific temperature ranges couldresult in engine damage.

NOTE

It is normal for all engines to consume engine oil under normal driving conditions.Engine oil consumption may be as high as 0.8 L/1000 km (1 L/800 miles). This may beas a result of evaporation, internal ventilation or burning of the lubricating oil in theworking engine. Oil consumption may be higher when the engine is new due to therunning-in process. Oil consumption is also dependant on engine speed and engine load.Under extreme driving conditions, oil consumption may be higher.

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

2. Warm up the engine to normaloperating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutesfor the oil to return to the sump.

4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

SKYACTIV-G 2.0

OK

MAX

MIN


Owner Maintenance

8-13


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (310,1)

MZR 2.0

Type A

MAX

OK

MIN

OK

MAX

MIN

Type B

5. Pull it out again and examine the level.The level is normal if it is between theMIN and MAX marks.If it is near or below MIN, add enoughoil to bring the level to MAX.

CAUTIONDo not overfill the engine oil. This maycause engine damage.

6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick ispositioned properly before reinsertingthe dipstick.

Engine Coolant

qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNINGDo not use a match or live flame in theengine compartment. DO NOT ADDCOOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE ISHOT:A hot engine is dangerous. If theengine has been running, parts of theengine compartment can become veryhot. You could be burned. Carefullyinspect the engine coolant in thecoolant reservoir, but do not open it.

Switch the ignition to off andmake sure the fan is not runningbefore attempting to work near thecooling fan:Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped and theengine compartment temperature ishigh. You could be hit by the fan andseriously injured.

Do not remove eithercooling system cap when the engineand radiator are hot:When the engine and radiator are hot,scalding coolant and steam may shootout under pressure and cause seriousinjury.

8-14


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (311,1)

NOTE

Changing the coolant should be doneby an expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

Inspect the antifreeze protection andcoolant level in the coolant reservoir atleast once a year―at the beginning of thewinter season―and before travellingwhere temperatures may drop belowfreezing.

Inspect the condition and connections ofall cooling system and heater hoses.Replace any that are swollen ordeteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in theradiator and between the F and L markson the coolant reservoir when the engineis cool.

If it is at or near L, add enough coolant tothe coolant reservoir to provide freezingand corrosion protection and to bring thelevel to F.Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tankcap after adding coolant.

CAUTIONl Radiator coolant will damage paint.Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

l Use only soft (demineralised) waterin the coolant mixture. Water thatcontains minerals will cut down onthe coolant's effectiveness.

l Do not add only water. Always add aproper coolant mixture.

l The engine has aluminium parts andmust be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to preventcorrosion and freezing.

l DO NOT USE coolants ContainingAlcohol, methanol, Borate orSilicate.These coolants could damage thecooling system.

l DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanolwith the coolant. This could damagethe cooling system.

l Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze.This would reduce effectiveness.


Owner Maintenance

8-15


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (312,1)

CAUTIONl If the “FL22” mark is shown on ornear the cooling system cap, use ofFL-22 is recommended whenreplacing engine coolant. Usingengine coolant other than FL-22 maycause serious damage to the engineand cooling system.

If the coolant reservoir is empty or newcoolant is required frequently, consult anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

Brake/Clutch Fluid

qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

WARNINGIf the brake/clutch fluid level is low,have the brakes inspected:A low brake/clutch fluid level isdangerous.A low level could indicate brake liningwear or a brake system leak whichcould cause the brakes to fail and leadto an accident.

The brakes and clutch draw fluid from thesame reservoir.Inspect the fluid level in the reservoirregularly. It should be kept between theMAX and MIN lines.The level normally drops withaccumulated distance, a conditionassociated with wear of brake and clutchlinings. If it is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch system inspected by anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

8-16


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (313,1)

Power Steering Fluid

qInspecting Power Steering FluidLevel

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the power steeringpump, do not operate the vehicle forlong periods when the power steeringfluid level is low.

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir ateach engine oil change with the engine offand cold.

The level must be kept between MIN andMAX.

Visually examine the lines and hoses forleaks and damage.

If the fluid decreases significantly or thefluid level is around MIN or lower thanMIN, consult an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer to have the vehicle inspected.

Automatic Transaxle Fluid(ATF) (MZR 2.0)

qInspecting Automatic TransaxleFluid Level

The automatic transaxle fluid level shouldbe inspected regularly. Measure it asdescribed below.

CAUTIONAlways check the automatic transaxlefluid level according to the followingprocedure. If the procedure is not donecorrectly, the automatic transaxle fluidlevel cannot be measured accuratelywhich could lead to automatic transaxledamage.

1. Park on a level surface and set theparking brake firmly.

2. Make sure there is no ATF leakagefrom the ATF hose or the housing.

3. Shift the shift lever to the park position(P), start the engine and warm it up.

CAUTIONDo not shift the shift lever while theengine is warming up. If the ATF levelis extremely low, the automatictransaxle could be damaged.

4. While the engine is still idling, pull outthe dipstick and wipe it clean, and thenreinsert it.


Owner Maintenance

8-17


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (314,1)

5. Check the ATF level. If the ATF leveldoes not reach 5 mm (0.2 in) from theend of the dipstick, consult an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer to have the vehicleinspected.

CAUTIONIf there is no ATF adhering to thedipstick even after the engine has beenwarmed up, do not drive the vehicle.Otherwise, the automatic transaxlecould be damaged.

6. With the brake pedal depressed, shiftthe shift lever from the park position(P) to drive position (D) at intervals ofseveral seconds, and then shift to thepark position (P) again.

7. Drive 5 km (4 mile) or more in a city.

8. Park on a level surface, shift the shiftlever to the park position (P) and setthe parking brake firmly.

9. While the engine is still idling, pull outthe dipstick and wipe it clean, and thenreinsert it.

10. Check the ATF level. The proper fluidlevel indicated on the dipstick shouldbe as follows.

Full

OK

Low

If the ATF level does not reach theappropriate level, consult an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer to have the vehicleinspected.

8-18


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (315,1)

Window and HeadlightWasher Fluid

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNINGUse only windscreen washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindscreen, it will dirty thewindscreen, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir; add fluid if necessary.

To inspect the washer fluid level in thefront reservoir, pull off the cap. Then,holding your thumb over the hole in thecentre of the cap, lift it straight up. Thefluid level can be seen from the fluidcolumn in the pipe. Add fluid if necessary.

Use plain water if washer fluid isunavailable.But use only washer fluid in cold weatherto prevent it from freezing.

NOTE

Front and rear washer fluid is suppliedfrom the same reservoir.


Owner Maintenance

8-19


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (316,1)

Body LubricationAll moving points of the body, such asdoor and bonnet hinges and locks, shouldbe lubricated each time the engine oil ischanged. Use a nonfreezing lubricant onlocks during cold weather.

Make sure the bonnet's secondary latchkeeps the bonnet from opening when theprimary latch is released.

Wiper Blades

CAUTIONl Hot waxes applied by automatic carwashers have been known to affectthe wiper's ability to clean windows.

l To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol, paraffin,paint thinner, or other solvents on ornear them.

l When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers may moveautomatically in the following cases:

l If the windscreen above the rainsensor is touched.

l If the windscreen above the rainsensor is wiped with a cloth.

l If the windscreen is struck with ahand or other object.

l If the rain sensor is struck with ahand or other object from insidethe vehicle.

Be careful not to pinch hands orfingers as it may cause injury, ordamage the wipers. When washingor servicing your Mazda, make surethe wiper lever is in the OFFposition.

Contamination of either the windscreen orthe blades with foreign matter can reducewiper effectiveness. Common sources areinsects, tree sap, and hot wax treatmentsused by some commercial car washes.

8-20


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (317,1)

If the blades are not wiping properly,clean the window and blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent; then rinsethoroughly with clean water. Repeat ifnecessary.

qReplacing Windscreen Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, theblades are probably worn or cracked.Replace them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsand other components, do not try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

NOTE

When raising both windscreen wiperarms, raise the driver's side wiper armfirst. When lowering the wiper arms,slowly lower the wiper arm from thepassenger's side first while supporting itwith your hand. Forcefully lowering thewiper arms could damage the wiper armand blade, and may scratch or crack thewindscreen.

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the bladeassembly to expose the plastic lockingclip. Compress the clip and slide theassembly downward; then lift it off thearm.

Plastic locking clip

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the windscreen,do not let the wiper arm fall on it.

2. Hold the end of the rubber and pulluntil the tabs are free of the metalsupport.

Metal support

Tab


Owner Maintenance

8-21


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (318,1)

3. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONl Do not bend or discard the stiffeners.You need to use them again.

l If the metal stiffeners are switched,the blade's wiping efficiency couldbe reduced.So do not use the driver's side metalstiffeners on the passenger's side, orvice versa.

l Be sure to reinstall the metalstiffeners in the new blade rubber sothat the curve is the same as it was inthe old blade rubber.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

NOTE

Install the blade so that the tabs aretoward the bottom of the wiper arm.

qReplacing Rear Window WiperBlade

When the wiper no longer cleans well, theblade is probably worn or cracked.Replace it.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armand other components, do not move thewiper by hand.

8-22


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (319,1)

1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate thewiper blade to the right until it unlocks,then remove the blade.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the rear window,do not let the wiper arm fall on it.

2. Pull down the blade rubber and slide itout of the blade holder.

3. Remove the metal stiffeners from theblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONDo not bend or discard the stiffeners.You need to use them again.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.


Owner Maintenance

8-23


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (320,1)

Battery

WARNING

Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspectingto ensure safe and correct handling:

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULPHURICACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gasproduced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery toexplode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid:Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULPHURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it getsin eyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes withwater for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metaltools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when workingnear a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames includingcigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.

8-24


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (321,1)

WARNING

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.


Owner Maintenance

8-25


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (322,1)

NOTE

Remove the battery cover beforeperforming battery maintenance.

CAUTIONl Do not use a tool which appliesexcessive force such as a screwdriveror pliers.If excessive force is applied to theclips, they could be damaged.To prevent damaging the batterycover, remove/install the batterycover using the following procedure.

Removing battery cover

1 Detach the clip facing the side of thevehicle first and pull it outward withyour finger approx. 4 mm (0.2 in).Then, lift the cover slightly to clearthe lock.

Clip

8-26


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (323,1)

CAUTION2 Detach the clip facing the vehicle

interior first and pull it outward withyour finger approx. 4 mm (0.2 in).Then, lift the cover slightly to clearthe lock.

Clip

3 Pull out the battery cover beingcareful not to allow it to contact thecowl grille.


CAUTIONInstalling battery cover

1 (SKYACTIV-G 2.0)Being careful not to contact the cowlgrille, insert the tab on the one end ofthe battery cover into the holes of thebattery tray and engage the tab.(MZR 2.0)Set the battery cover to the batterytray as shown in the figure whilebeing careful that it does not contactthe cowl grille.

SKYACTIV-G 2.0

Cowl grille

Tab

Hole


MZR 2.0


Owner Maintenance

8-27


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (324,1)

CAUTION2 Attach the clips on both sides of the

battery cover.

Clip

CAUTIONl After installing the battery cover,make sure that the cover iscompletely secured. If it is notcompletely secured, it could contactother systems while the vehicle isdriven causing a malfunction.


SKYACTIV-G 2.0


MZR 2.0

8-28


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (325,1)

qBattery Maintenance

To get the best service from a battery:

l Keep it securely mounted.

l Keep the top clean and dry.

l Keep terminals and connections clean,tight, and coated with petroleum jellyor terminal grease.

l Rinse off spilled electrolyteimmediately with a solution of waterand baking soda.

l If the vehicle will not be used for anextended time, disconnect the batteryleads and charge the battery every sixweeks.

qInspecting Electrolyte Level

A low level of electrolyte fluid will causethe battery to discharge quickly.

Upper level

Lower level

Inspect the electrolyte level at least once aweek. If it's low, remove the caps and addenough distilled water to bring the levelbetween the upper and lower level(illustration).

Don't overfill.Examine the specific gravity of theelectrolyte with a hydrometer, especiallyduring cold weather. If it's low, rechargethe battery.

qBattery Recharging

NOTE

l Before performing maintenance orrecharging the battery, turn off allaccessories and stop the engine.

l To disconnect the battery, remove thenegative lead first. Install it last whenconnecting the battery.

l Be sure to remove the caps beforerecharging the battery.


Owner Maintenance

8-29


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (326,1)

l If the battery quickly dischargesbecause, for example, the lights wereleft on too long with the engine off,slow-charge it as required by batterysize and charger capacity.

l If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it asrequired by battery size and chargercapacity.

TyresFor reasons of proper performance, safety,and better fuel economy, always maintainrecommended tyre inflation pressures andstay within the recommended load limitsand weight distribution.

WARNINGUsing Different Tyre Types:Driving your vehicle with differenttypes of tyres is dangerous. It couldcause poor handling and poorbraking; leading to loss of control.Except for the limited use of thetemporary spare tyre, use only thesame type tyres (radial, bias-belted,bias-type) on all four wheels.

Using Wrong-Sized Tyres:Using any other tyre size than what isspecified for your Mazda (page 10-6)is dangerous. It could seriously affectride, handling, ground clearance, tyreclearance, and speedometercalibration. This could cause you tohave an accident. Use only tyres thatare the correct size specified for yourMazda.

8-30


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (327,1)

qTyre Inflation Pressure

WARNINGAlways inflate the tyres to the correctpressure:Overinflation or underinflation oftyres is dangerous. Adverse handlingor unexpected tyre failure could resultin a serious accident.Refer to Tyres on page 10-6.

Use only a Mazda-genuine tyre valvecap:Use of a non-genuine part isdangerous as the correct tyre airpressure cannot be maintained if thetyre valve becomes damaged. If thevehicle is driven under this condition,the tyre air pressure will decreasewhich could result in a seriousaccident. Do not use any part for thetyre valve cap that is not a Mazda-genuine part.

Inspect all tyre pressures monthly(including the spare) when the tyres arecold. Maintain recommended pressuresfor the best ride, handling, and minimumtyre wear.Refer to the specification charts (page10-6).

NOTE

l Always check tyre pressure whentyres are cold.

l Warm tyres normally exceedrecommended pressures. Do notrelease air from warm tyres to adjustthe pressure.

l Underinflation can cause reducedfuel economy, uneven andaccelerated tyre wear, and poorsealing of the tyre bead, which willdeform the wheel and causeseparation of tyre from rim.

l Overinflation can produce a harshride, uneven and accelerated tyrewear, and a greater possibility ofdamage from road hazards.Keep your tyre pressure at thecorrect levels. If one frequentlyneeds inflating, have it inspected.

qTyre Rotation

WARNINGRotate tyres periodically:Irregular tyre wear is dangerous. Toequalize tread wear for maintaininggood performance in handling andbraking, rotate the tyres every10,000 km (6,250 miles), or sooner ifirregular wear develops.


Owner Maintenance

8-31


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (328,1)

During rotation, inspect them for correctbalance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tyre in rotation.

Forward

Also, inspect them for uneven wear anddamage. Abnormal wear is usually causedby one or a combination of the following:

l Incorrect tyre pressure

l Improper wheel alignment

l Out-of-balance wheel

l Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tyre pressures tospecification (page 10-6) and inspect thewheel nuts for tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tyres and radialtyres that have an asymmetrical treadpattern or studs only from front to rear,not from side to side. Tyre performancewill be reduced if rotated from side toside.

qReplacing a Tyre

WARNINGAlways use tyres that are in goodcondition:Driving with worn tyres is dangerous.Reduced braking, steering, andtraction could result in an accident.

Replace all four tyres at the sametime:Replacing just one tyre is dangerous.It could cause poor handling and poorbraking resulting in loss of vehiclecontrol. Mazda strongly recommendsthat you replace all four tyres at thesame time.

If a tyre wears evenly, a wear indicatorwill appear as a solid band across thetread.Replace the tyre when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band isacross the entire tread.

8-32


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (329,1)

qTemporary Spare Tyre

Inspect the temporary spare tyre at leastmonthly to make sure it's properly inflatedand stored.

NOTE

The temporary spare tyre conditiongradually deteriorates even if it has notbeen used.

The temporary spare tyre is easier tohandle because of its construction whichis lighter and smaller than a conventionaltyre. This tyre should be used only for anemergency and only for a short distance.

Use the temporary spare tyre only untilthe conventional tyre is repaired, whichshould be as soon as possible.

Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).Refer to Tyres on page 10-6.

CAUTIONl Do not use your temporary spare tyrerim with a snow tyre or aconventional tyre. Neither willproperly fit and could damage bothtyre and rim.

l The temporary spare tyre has a treadlife of less than 5,000 km (3,000miles). The tread life may be shorterdepending on driving conditions.

l The temporary spare tyre is forlimited use, however, if the treadwear solid-band indicator appears,replace the tyre with the same typeof temporary spare (page 8-33).

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNINGAlways use wheels of the correct sizeon your vehicle:Using a wrong-sized wheel isdangerous. Braking and handlingcould be affected, leading to loss ofcontrol and an accident.

CAUTIONAwrong-sized wheel may adverselyaffect:

l Tyre fit

l Wheel and bearing life

l Ground clearance

l Snow-chain clearance

l Speedometer calibration

l Headlight aim

l Bumper height

NOTE

l When replacing a wheel, make surethe new one is the same as theoriginal factory wheel in diameter,rim width, and offset (inset/outset).

l For details, contact an expertrepairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

Proper tyre balancing provides the bestriding comfort and helps reduce treadwear. Out-of-balance tyres can causevibration and uneven wear, such ascupping and flat spots.


Owner Maintenance

8-33


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (330,1)

Light Bulbs

8-34


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (331,1)

Headlights (Low beam)Headlights (High beam)Front fog lightsí

Front direction indicator lightsPosition lightsSide direction indicator lightsBrake lights/Tail lightsRear direction indicator lightsReverse lightRear fog lightí

High-mount brake lightNumber plate lightsOverhead light (Front)/Map lightsOverhead light (Rear)Luggage compartment light

WARNINGNever touch the glass portion of ahalogen bulb with your bare handsand always wear eye protection whenhandling or working around thebulbs:When a halogen bulb breaks, it isdangerous. These bulbs containpressurised gas. If one is broken, itwill explode and serious injuries couldbe caused by the flying glass.If the glass portion is touched withbare hands, body oil could cause thebulb to overheat and explode when lit.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of thereach of children:Playing with a halogen bulb isdangerous. Serious injuries could becaused by dropping a halogen bulb orbreaking it some other way.

CAUTIONWhen removing the lens or lamp unitusing a flathead screwdriver, make surethat the flathead screwdriver does notcontact the interior terminal. If theflathead screwdriver contacts theterminal, a short circuit may occur.

NOTE

l To replace the bulb, contact anexpert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

l If the halogen bulb is accidentallytouched, it should be cleaned withrubbing alcohol before being used.

l Use the protective cover and cartonfor the replacement bulb to disposeof the old bulb promptly and out ofthe reach of children.


Owner Maintenance

8-35íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (332,1)

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

Headlight bulbs

High-beam bulbs

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and the headlight switch is off.

2. Lift the bonnet.

3. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector.

4. Turn the bulb assembly anticlockwiseand remove it. Carefully remove thebulb from its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.

5. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof the removal procedure.

Low-beam bulbs


2. Lift the bonnet.




8-36


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (333,1)

Front fog light bulbsí


2. Turn the screw anticlockwise andremove it, then partially peel back themudguard.




Front direction indicator lights


2. Lift the bonnet.

3. Turn the socket and bulb assemblyanticlockwise and remove it.

4. Remove the bulb by pressing it inslightly and turning it anticlockwise.


Owner Maintenance

8-37íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (334,1)


Position lights


2. Lift the bonnet.


4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.


Side direction indicator lights

The LED bulb cannot be replaced as asingle unit because it is an integrated unit.The LED bulb has to be replaced with theunit. We recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer when the replacement isnecessary.

Brake lights/Tail lights, Rear directionindicator lights


2. Turn the bolts anticlockwise andremove them.

3. Pull the upper part of the cover aroundthe clip outward to detach the clip.

Clip

4. Pull the unit rearward to remove it.


8-38


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (335,1)


Brake lights/Tail lights

Rear direction indicator lights


NOTE

To install the unit, insert the hooks (2locations) on the unit side into the clipson the vehicle side, and install the unit.

Clip

Hook

Reverse light, Rear fog lightí


2. Remove the cover with a cloth-wrapped flathead screwdriver to thecover.



Owner Maintenance

8-39íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (336,1)



High-mount brake light

The LED bulb cannot be replaced as asingle unit because it is an integrated unit.The LED bulb has to be replaced with theunit. We recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer when the replacement isnecessary.

Number plate lights


2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the lens,and then remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with aflathead screwdriver.

3. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.


8-40


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (337,1)

qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light (Front)/Map lights

(With overhead console)

1. Remove the screws.

2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the trim andgently insert it in the overhead light asshown in the figure, and then removethe overhead light unit.




(Without overhead console)

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the trim andgently insert it in the overhead light asshown in the figure, and then removethe overhead light unit.





Owner Maintenance

8-41


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (338,1)

Overhead light (Rear), Luggagecompartment light

NOTE

Wrap a small flathead screwdriver witha soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens and remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with theflathead screwdriver.

Overhead light (Rear)

Luggage compartment light

Install the new bulb in the reverse order ofthe removal procedure.

FusesYour vehicle's electrical system isprotected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don'twork, inspect the appropriate circuitprotector. If a fuse has blown, the insideelement will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid usingthat system and consult an expert repairer,we recommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement

Replacing the fuses on the passenger'sside

If the electrical system does not work,first inspect the fuses on the passenger'sside.

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and other switches are off.

2. Remove the cover.

CAUTIONPulling the cover off sideways maybreak the retaining tabs off.

8-42


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (339,1)

3. Locate the position of the suspectedfuse by using the chart inside the fuseblock cover.

4. Pull the fuse straight out with the fusepuller provided on the inside of theengine compartment fuse block cover.

5. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it'sblown.

Normal Blown

6. Insert a new fuse of the same amperagerating, and make sure it fits tightly. If itdoes not fit tightly, have an expertinstall it. We recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.If you have no spare fuses, borrow oneof the same rating from a circuit notessential to vehicle operation, such asthe MIRROR or CIGAR circuit.

CAUTIONAlways replace a fuse with one of thesame rating. Otherwise you maydamage the electric system.

7. Reinstall the cover and make sure thatit is securely installed.

Replacing the fuses under the bonnet

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and the fuses inthe cabin are normal, inspect the fuseblock under the bonnet. If a fuse is blown,it must be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and other switches are off.

2. Remove the fuse block cover.


Owner Maintenance

8-43


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (340,1)

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse isblown, replace it with a new one of thesame amperage rating.

Normal Blown

WARNINGDo not replace the main fuse byyourself. Have an Authorised MazdaRepairer perform the replacement:Replacing the fuse by yourself isdangerous because the MAIN fuse is ahigh current fuse. Incorrectreplacement could cause an electricalshock or a short circuit resulting in afire.

Main fuse

4. Reinstall the cover and make sure thatit is securely installed.

8-44


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (341,1)

qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

SKYACTIV-G 2.0

DESCRIPTIONFUSE

RATINGPROTECTED COMPONENT

1 IG KEY1 50 A For protection of various circuits

2 AD FAN 30 A Cooling fan

3 HEATER2 30 A Heater

4 EGI MAIN 40 A Engine control system

5 INJ 30 A Engine control system

6 ABS P 40 A ABS

7 DCDC2 40 A For protection of various circuits

8 EVVT 20 A Engine control system

9 FAN1 30 A Cooling fan


11 BTN 60 A For protection of various circuits


13 AT PUMP 20 A Transaxle control system


15 EHPAS 80 A Power assist steering

16 FOG 15 A Front fog lightsí


Owner Maintenance

8-45íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (342,1)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


17 D.LOCK 20 A Power door lock

18 P.WIND 20 A Power window

19 TCM 15 A Transaxle control system

20 HEAD HI 20 A Headlight high beam

21 10 A Engine control system

22 STOP 10 A Brake lights

23 FUEL PUMP 20 A Fuel system

24 HAZARD 10 A Hazard warning flasher, Direction indicator lights

25 ROOM 15 A Interior lights

26 ENG FAN 15 A Cooling fan

27 A/C MAG 10 A Magnet clutch

28 HORN 15 A Horn

29 AUDIO1 15 A Audio system

30 DCDC3 25 A For protection of various circuits

31 ABS V 20 A ABS

32 TAIL 15 A Tail lights, Position lights, Number plate lights, Rear fog lightí

33 ILLUMI 7.5 A Illumination

34 ENG INJ 25 A Engine control system

35 ENG BAR 15 A Engine control system

36 ― ― ―

37 ― ― ―

38 DEFOG 25 A Rear window defroster

39 HEAD LO L 15 A Headlight low beam (LH)

40 HEAD LO R 15 A Headlight low beam (RH)

8-46


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (343,1)

MZR 2.0

DESCRIPTIONFUSE



2 AD FAN 30 A Cooling fan

3GLOW2HEATER2FAN1

30 A Heater

4 EGI MAIN 40 A Engine control system

5INJFAN2

30 A ―

6 ABS P 40 A ABS

7 P.SLIDE L 20 A Power slide door (LH)í

8TCMEVVT

20 A Transaxle control systemí


10GLOW1HEATER3

30 A Heater

DCDC2 40 A ―

11 BTN 60 A For protection of various circuits


13FAN1 30 A Cooling fan

AT PUMP 20 A ―


Owner Maintenance

8-47íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (344,1)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


14 P.SLIDE R 20 A Power slide door (RH)í


16 FOG 15 A Front fog lightsí

17 D.LOCK 20 A Power door lock

18 P.WIND 20 A Power window

19TCM 15 A ―

AT PUMP 25 A ―

20 HEAD HI 20 A Headlight high beam

21 10 A Engine control system

22 STOP 10 A Brake lights

23F.WARMERFUEL PUMP

20 A Fuel system

24 HAZARD 10 A Hazard warning flasher, Direction indicator lights

25 ROOM 15 A Interior lights

26TAIL

ENG FAN15 A Tail lights, Position lights, Number plate lights, Rear fog lightí

27 A/C MAG 10 A Magnet clutch

28ABS V 20 A ABS

HORN 15 A ―

29SUN ROOF 20 A Sunroofí

AUDIO1 15 A ―

30H/CLEAN 30 A ―

DCDC3 25 A ―

31HORN 15 A Horn

ABS V 20 A ―

32 TAIL 15 A ―

33 ILLUMI 7.5 A Illumination

34 ENG INJ 25 A Engine control system

35 ENG BAR 15 A Engine control system

36 ― ― ―

37 M.DEF 7.5 A ―

38 DEFOG 25 A Rear window defroster

39 HEAD LO L 15 A Headlight low beam (LH)

40 HEAD LO R 15 A Headlight low beam (RH)

8-48


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (345,1)

Fuse block (Passenger's side)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


1 P/W 30 A Power window

2 PSD.RH 20 A Power slide door (RH)í

3 STARTER 10 A Starter

4 ENG3/S.R 20 A Sunroofí, Engine control systemí

5 PSD.LH 20 A Power slide door (LH)í

6 P.OUTLET 15 A Accessory sockets (Rear)

7 SHIFT/L 5 A Shift-lock systemí

8 CIGAR 15 A Accessory sockets (Front)

9 MIRROR 7.5 A Power control mirror, Audio

10 A/C 10 A Heater

11 F.WIP 25 A Windscreen wipers and washer

12 R.WIP 15 A Rear window wiper

13 ENG/IG 5 A Engine control systemí

14 METER 10 A Instrument cluster

15 SAS 10 A Air bag

16 S.WARM 15 A ―

17 ABS/ACC 5 A Audio systemí


19 ENG2 15 A Engine control system


Owner Maintenance

8-49íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (346,1)

How to MinimizeEnvironmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda representsthe latest technical developments incomposition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, canharm the paint's protective properties, ifproper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possibledamage, with tips on how to preventthem.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain orIndustrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissionsdrift into the air and mix with rain or dewto form acids. These acids can settle on avehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,the acid becomes concentrated and candamage the finish.And the longer the acid remains on thesurface, the greater the chance is fordamage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou suspect that acid rain has settled onyour vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by BirdDropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If thesearen't removed they can eat away the clearand colour base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surfaceand decompose, corrosive compoundsform. These can erode the clear andcolour base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork if they are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adherepermanently to the paint finish. If youscratch the sap off while it is hard, somevehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazdawashed and waxed to preserve its finishaccording to the instructions in thissection. This should be done as soon aspossible.

Bird droppings can be removed with asoft sponge and water. If you aretravelling and these are not available, amoistened tissue may also take care of theproblem. The cleaned area should bewaxed according to the instructions in thissection.Insects and tree sap are best removed witha soft sponge and water or a commerciallyavailable chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affectedarea with dampened newspaper for one totwo hours. After removing the newspaper,rinse off the loosened debris with water.

8-50


Appearance Care


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (347,1)

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water cancontain harmful minerals such as salt andlime. If moisture containing theseminerals settles on the vehicle andevaporates, the minerals will concentrateand harden to form white rings. The ringscan damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou find water marks on your vehicle'sfinish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrownin the air by another vehicle's tyres hitsyour vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you andthe vehicle ahead reduces the chances ofhaving your paint chipped by flyinggravel.

NOTE

l The paint chipping zone varies withthe speed of the vehicle. Forexample, when travelling at 90 km/h(56 mph), the paint chipping zone is50 m (164 ft).

l In low temperatures a vehicle's finishhardens. This increases the chance ofpaint chipping.

l Chipped paint can lead to rustforming on your Mazda. Before thishappens, repair the damage by usingMazda touch-up paint according tothe instructions in this section.Failure to repair the affected areacould lead to serious rusting andexpensive repairs.


Appearance Care

8-51


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (348,1)

Exterior CareFollow all label and container directionswhen using a chemical cleaner or polish.Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

CAUTIONl When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers may moveautomatically in the following cases:

l If the windscreen above the rainsensor is touched or wiped with acloth.

l If the windscreen is struck with ahand or other object from eitheroutside or inside the vehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear of thewindscreen when the wiper lever isin the AUTO position and theignition is switched ON as fingerscould be pinched or the wipers andwiper blades damaged when thewipers activate automatically.If you are going to clean thewindscreen, be sure the wipers areturned off completely―this isparticularly important when clearingice and snow―when it is most likelythat the engine is left running.

l Do not spray water in the enginecompartment. Otherwise, it couldresult in engine-starting problems ordamage to electrical parts.

CAUTIONl When washing and waxing thevehicle, be careful not to applyexcessive force to any single area ofthe vehicle roof or the aerial.Otherwise, you could dent thevehicle or damage the aerial.

To help protect the finish from rust anddeterioration, wash your Mazdathoroughly and frequently, at least once amonth, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, thepaint surface could be scratched. Here aresome examples of how scratching couldoccur.

Scratches occur on the paint surfacewhen:

l The vehicle is washed without firstrinsing off dirt and other foreignmatter.

l The vehicle is washed with a rough,dry, or dirty cloth.

l The vehicle is washed at a car washthat uses brushes that are dirty or toostiff.

l Cleansers or wax containing abrasivesare used.

NOTE

l Mazda is not responsible forscratches caused by automatic carwashes or improper washing.

l Scratches are more noticeable onvehicles with darker paint finishes.

8-52


Appearance Care


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (349,1)

To minimize scratches on the vehicle'spaint finish:

l Rinse off any dirt or other foreignmatter using lukewarm or cold waterbefore washing.

l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold waterand a soft cloth when washing thevehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l Rub gently when washing or drying thevehicle.

l Take your vehicle only to a car washthat keeps its brushes well maintained.

l Do not use abrasive cleansers or waxthat contain abrasives.

CAUTIONDo not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodisedaluminium parts. This may damage theprotective coating; also, cleaners anddetergents may discolour or deterioratethe paint.

Pay special attention to removing salt,dirt, mud, and other foreign material fromthe underside of the wings, and make surethe drain holes in the lower edges of thedoors and rocker panels are clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective, use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap withlukewarm or cold water. Do not allowsoap to dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, dry it with aclean chamois to prevent water spots fromforming.

WARNINGDry off brakes that have become wetby driving slowly, releasing theaccelerator pedal and lightly applyingthe brakes several times until thebrake performance returns to normal:Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.Increased stopping distance or thevehicle pulling to one side whenbraking could result in a seriousaccident. Light braking will indicatewhether the brakes have been affected.

When using an automatic car wash

l Retract the door mirrors.

l The automatic car wash brushes couldreduce the paint lustre or hasten paintdeterioration.


Appearance Care

8-53


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (350,1)

When using a high water pressure carwash

High water temperature and high waterpressure car washers are availabledepending on the type of car washmachine. If the car washer nozzle is puttoo close to the vehicle, the force of thespray could damage or deform themolding, affect the sealability of parts,and allow water to penetrate the interior.Keep a sufficient space (30 cm (12 in) ormore) between the nozzle and the vehicle.In addition, do not spend too much timespraying the same area of the vehicle, andbe very careful when spraying betweengaps in doors and around windows.

Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed whenwater no longer beads on the finish.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,wax the metal trim to maintain its lustre.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.Waxes containing abrasive will removepaint and could damage bright metalparts.

2. Use a good grade of natural wax formetallic, mica, and solid colours.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with thesponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTE

A spot remover to remove oil, tar, andsimilar materials will usually also takeoff the wax. Rewax these areas even ifthe rest of the vehicle doesn't need it.

qPaint Damage Touch-up

Repair damage to the finish caused bystone chipping, damage during parkingetc., by using Mazda touch-up paintbefore rust begins to form. First, removethe dirt and grease with a clean soft cloth.

If rust has already begun to form:

1. Remove rust completely withsandpaper.

2. Wipe with a clean soft cloth.

3. Apply rust preventive primer to thearea.

4. After drying it completely, apply asuitable top coat material to the area.

Of course there will be no problem if youassign the work to an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised MazdaRepairer.

qCavity Protection

Cavities are treated for protection at thefactory, but additional protective treatmentafter the vehicle has been put into use willextend the life of the body.We recommend that you consult an expertrepairer, we recommend an AuthorisedMazda Repairer concerning this additionalprecaution.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l Use tar remover to remove road tar andinsects. Never do this with a knife orsimilar tool.

l To prevent corrosion on bright-metalsurfaces, apply wax or chromepreservative and rub it to a high lustre.

8-54


Appearance Care


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (351,1)

l During cold weather or in coastal areas,cover bright-metal parts with a coatingof wax or preservative heavier thanusual. It would also help to coat themwith noncorrosive petroleum jelly orsome other protective compound.

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasive cleaners,or strong detergents containing highlyalkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodised aluminium parts.This may result in damage to theprotective coating and causediscolouration or paint deterioration.

qUndercoating

This special coating is applied to thecritical parts of the underside to protectvehicles from damage caused bychemicals or stones. This coating is liableto be damaged with time. Check thiscoating periodically.

An expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer are wellinformed on how repairs should be made.Consult an expert repairer, we recommendan Authorised Mazda Repairer.

qAluminiumWheel Maintenance

A protective coating is provided over thealuminium wheels. Special care is neededto protect this coating.

CAUTIONDo not use any detergent other thanmild detergent. Before using anydetergent, verify the ingredients.Otherwise, the product could discolouror stain the aluminium wheels.

NOTE

l Do not use a wire brush or anyabrasive cleaner, polishingcompound, or solvent on aluminiumwheels. They may damage thecoating.

l Always use a sponge or soft cloth toclean the wheels.Rinse the wheels thoroughly withlukewarm or cold water. Also, besure to clean the wheels after drivingon dusty or salted roads to helpprevent corrosion.

l Avoid washing your vehicle in anautomatic car wash that uses high-speed or hard brushes.

l If your aluminium wheels lose lustre,wax the wheels.


Appearance Care

8-55


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (352,1)

qPlastic Part Maintenance

l When cleaning the plastic lenses of thelights, do not use petrol, paraffin,rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highlyacidic detergents, or strongly alkalinedetergents. Otherwise, these chemicalagents can discolour or damage thesurfaces resulting in a significant lossin functionality. If plastic parts becomeinadvertently exposed to any of thesechemical agents, flush with waterimmediately.

l If plastic parts such as the bumpersbecome inadvertently exposed tochemical agents or fluids such aspetrol, oil, engine coolant, or batteryfluid, it could cause discolouration,staining, or paint peeling. Wipe off anysuch chemical agents or fluids using asoft cloth immediately.

l High water temperature and high waterpressure car washers are availabledepending on the type of high pressurecar washer device. If the car washernozzle is put too close to the vehicle oraimed at one area for an extendedperiod of time, it could deform plasticparts or damage the paint.

l Do not use wax containing compounds(polish). Otherwise, it could result inpaint damage.

l In addition, do not use an electrical orair tool to apply wax. Otherwise, thefrictional heat generated could result indeformation of plastic parts or paintdamage.

Interior Care

WARNINGDo not spray water into the vehiclecabin.Spraying water into the vehicle cabinis dangerous as electrical devices suchas the audio and switches could getwet resulting in a malfunction orvehicle fire.

NOTE

l Do not wipe the interior usingalcohol, chlorine bleach, or organicsolvents such as thinner, benzene ,and petrol. Otherwise, it may causediscolouration or stains.

l Rubbing hard with a stiff brush orcloth may cause damage.

If the vehicle interior becomes soiled byany of the following, wipe it offimmediately using a soft cloth.Leaving it uncleaned could causediscolouration, stains, cracks, or peelingof the coating, and it will make it hard towipe off later.

l Beverage or fragrance

l Grease or oil

l Soiling

8-56


Appearance Care


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (353,1)

qSeat Belt Maintenance

1. Clean the soiled area by lightlydabbing it with a soft cloth soaked in amild detergent (approx. 5%) dilutedwith water.

2. Wipe off the remaining detergent usinga cloth soaked in clean water andwrung out well.

3. Before retracting seat belts which havebeen pulled out for cleaning, dry themoff thoroughly and make sure there isno remaining moisture on them.

WARNINGIf a seat belt appears frayed or hasabrasions, have it replaced by anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.If a seat belts is used under such acondition, it cannot function at its fullcapacity which could result in seriousinjury or death.

Use a mild detergent to remove soilingfrom a seat belt.If organic solvents are used forcleaning the seat belts or they becomestained or bleached, there is thepossibility of them becomingweakened and as a result, they maynot function at their full capacitywhich could cause serious injury ordeath.

NOTE

Clean seat belts diligently if they getdirty. Leaving them uncleaned willmake it difficult to clean them later, andit may affect the smooth retracting ofthe seat belt.

qVinyl Upholstery Maintenance

Remove dust and dirt from the vinylupholstery using a brush or vacuum.Remove soiling from vinyl upholsteryusing a leather and vinyl upholsterycleaner.

qUpholstery Maintenance

1. Clean the soiled area by lightlydabbing it with a soft cloth soaked in amild detergent (approx. 5%) dilutedwith water.


qLeather Upholstery Maintenanceí

1. Remove dust and sand using a vacuumcleaner.

2. Wipe off the soiled area with a softcloth and a suitable, special cleaner ora soft cloth soaked in a mild detergent(about 5%) diluted with water.


4. Remove moisture with a dry, soft clothand allow the leather to further dry in awell-ventilated, shaded area. If theleather gets wet such as from rain,remove the moisture and dry it as soonas possible.


Appearance Care

8-57íSome models.


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (354,1)

NOTE

l Because genuine leather is a naturalmaterial, its surface is not uniformand it may have natural scars,scratches, and wrinkles.

l To maintain the quality for as long aspossible, periodical maintenance,about twice a year, is recommended.

l If the leather upholstery comes intocontact with any of the following,clean it immediately.Leaving it uncleaned could causepremature wear, mold, or stains.

l Sand or dirtl Grease or oil, such as hand creaml Alcohol, such as in cosmetic or

hair dressing items

l If the leather upholstery gets wet,promptly remove moisture with a drycloth. Remaining moisture on thesurface may cause deterioration suchas hardening and shrinkage.

l Exposure to direct sunlight for longperiods may cause deterioration andshrinkage. When parking the carunder direct sunlight for longperiods, shade the interior usingsunshades.

l Do not leave vinyl products on theleather upholstery for long periods.They may affect the leather qualityand colouring. If the cabintemperature becomes hot, the vinylmay deteriorate and adhere to thegenuine leather.

qPlastic Part Maintenance

CAUTIONDo not use polishing agents.Depending on the product ingredients,they could cause discolouration, stains,cracks or peeling of the coating.

qInstrument Panel Top Maintenance

1. Wipe the soiled area with a soft clothsoaked in a mild detergent (approx.5%) diluted with water.


qPanel Maintenance

If a panel becomes soiled, wipe it off witha soft cloth soaked in clean water andthoroughly wrung out.If some areas require further cleaning, usethe following procedure:

1. Wipe the soiled area with a soft clothsoaked in a mild detergent (approx.5%) diluted with water.


NOTE

Be particularly careful when cleaningshiny surface panels and metallic partssuch as plating as they can be scratchedeasily.

8-58


Appearance Care


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (355,1)

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with anoily, greasy, or waxy film, clean themwith glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the container.

CAUTIONl Do not scrape or scratch the inside ofthe window glass. It could damagethe thermal filaments.

l When washing the inside of thewindow glass, use a soft clothdampened in lukewarm water, gentlywiping the thermal filaments.Use of glass cleaning products coulddamage the thermal filaments.


Appearance Care

8-59


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (356,1)

8-60


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (357,1)

9 Customer Information

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Warranty ....................................................................................... 9-2Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country ....................... 9-2Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories ........................... 9-3

Cell Phones .................................................................................... 9-4Cell Phones Warning ................................................................. 9-4

Recording of Vehicle Data ............................................................ 9-5Recording of Vehicle Data ........................................................ 9-5

Declaration of Conformity ........................................................... 9-6Declaration of Conformity ........................................................ 9-6

9-1


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (358,1)

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign CountryRegistering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether itmeets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will bedriven. Consequently, your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in orderto meet the regulations.In addition, you should be aware of the following issues:Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.

There might not be an Authorised Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take yourvehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.

9-2

Customer Information

Warranty


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (359,1)

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and AccessoriesPlease note that technical alterations to the original state of your Mazda vehicle can affectthe safety of the vehicle. Such technical alterations include not only the use of unsuitablespare parts, but also accessories, fittings or attachments, including rims and tyres.

Genuine Mazda Parts and Genuine Mazda Accessories have been specifically designed forMazda vehicles.Other parts and accessories than those mentioned above have not been examined andapproved by Mazda unless explicitly stated by Mazda. We cannot certify the suitability ofsuch products. Mazda is not liable for any damage caused by the use of such products.

WARNINGBe very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as mobiletelephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing animproper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing enginestalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from theinstallation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.


Warranty

9-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (360,1)

Cell Phones Warning

WARNINGPlease comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicationequipment in vehicles in your country:Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehiclenavigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use ofthese devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident.If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe areabefore use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-freesystem to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone orother electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead, concentrate on thefull-time job of driving.

9-4


Cell Phones


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (361,1)

Recording of Vehicle DataThis vehicle is equipped with a computer which records the following main vehicle datarelated to vehicle controls, operation, and other driving conditions.

Recorded data

l Vehicle conditions such as engine speed and vehicle speed

l Driving operation conditions such as accelerator and brake pedals, and informationrelated to the environmental circumstances while the vehicle is driven

l Malfunction diagnosis information from each on-vehicle computer

l Information related to controls of other on-vehicle computers

NOTE

The record data may vary depending on the vehicle grade and optional equipment. Voiceand images are not recorded.

Data handling

Mazda and its subcontracting parties may obtain and use the recorded data for vehiclemalfunction diagnosis, research and development, and quality improvement.Mazda will not disclose or provide any of the obtained data to a third party unless:

l An agreement from the vehicle owner (agreements from lessor and lessee for leasedvehicle) is obtained

l Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities

l For statistical processing by a research institution after processing the data so thatidentification of the owner or the vehicle is impossible


Recording of Vehicle Data

9-5


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (362,1)

Declaration of Conformity

9-6


Declaration of Conformity


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (363,1)

10 Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

Personalisation Features ............................................................ 10-9Personalisation Features .......................................................... 10-9

10-1


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (364,1)

Vehicle Information Labels

qVehicle Identification Number(South Africa)

The vehicle identification number legallyidentifies your vehicle. The number is ona plate attached to the cowl panel locatedon the left corner of the instrument panel.This plate can easily be seen through thewindscreen.

qModel Plate

qChassis Number

qTyre Pressure Label

qEngine Number

MZR 2.0

Forward

10-2

Identification Numbers


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (365,1)

SKYACTIV-G 2.0

Forward

Identification Numbers

10-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (366,1)

Specifications

qEngine

ItemSpecification

MZR 2.0 SKYACTIV-G 2.0

Type DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder

Bore × Stroke 87.5 × 83.1 mm (3.44 × 3.27 in) 83.5 × 91.2 mm (3.29 × 3.59 in)

Displacement 1,998 ml (1,998 cc)

Compression ratio 10.0 12.0

qElectrical System

ItemClassification

MZR 2.0 SKYACTIV-G 2.0

Battery 12V-45Ah/20HR or 12V-50Ah/20HR Q-85*1

Spark-plug numberMazdaGenuine sparkplug

LFJD-18-110 orL3Y2-18-110

MazdaGenuine sparkplug*2

PE5R-18-110 orPE5S-18-110

*1 Q-85 is designed for i-stop system (FOR STOP & START) system. Only Q-85 should be used to ensurecorrect operation of i-stop system (FOR STOP & START) system. Consult an expert repairer, we recommendan Authorised Mazda Repairer for details.

*2 The spark plugs provide the SKYACTIV-G its optimum performance. Consult an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorised Mazda Repairer for details.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate coating onthe iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant type and classification

Engine oil*1 API SG/SH/SJ/SL/SM/SN or ILSAC GF-II/GF-III/GF-IV/GF-V

*1 Refer to Recommended Oil on page 8-11.

Lubricant Classification

Manual transaxle oilAPI Service GL-4

SAE 75W-80

Automatic transaxle fluidMZR 2.0 Mazda Original Oil ATF M-V

SKYACTIV-G 2.0 Mazda Original Oil ATF-FZ

Power steering fluid ATF M-III, M-Vor equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)

Brake/Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3

10-4

Specifications


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (367,1)

qCapacities

(Approximate Quantities)

Item Capacity

Engine oil

MZR 2.0With oil filter replacement 4.3 L (4.5 US qt, 3.8 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

3.9 L (4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt)

SKYACTIV-G 2.0With oil filter replacement 4.2 L (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

4.0 L (4.2 US qt, 3.5 Imp qt)

CoolantMZR 2.0 6.0 L (6.3 US qt, 5.3 Imp qt)

SKYACTIV-G 2.0 6.6 L (7.0 US qt, 5.8 Imp qt)

Manual transaxle oil 2.85 L (3.01 US qt, 2.51 Imp qt)

Automatic transaxlefluid

MZR 2.0 8.14 L (8.60 US qt, 7.16 Imp qt)

SKYACTIV-G 2.0 7.8 L (8.2 US qt, 6.9 Imp qt)

Fuel tank 60.0 L (15.9 US gal, 13.2 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

Item Vehicle specification

Overall length 4,585 mm (180.5 in)

Overall width 1,750 mm (68.9 in)

Overall height 1,615 mm (63.6 in)

Front tread 1,530 mm (60.2 in)

Rear tread 1,520 mm (59.8 in)

Wheelbase 2,750 mm (108.3 in)

Specifications

10-5


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (368,1)

qLight Bulbs

Exterior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage UNECE*1 (SAE)

HeadlightsHigh beam 60 HB3 (9005)

Low beam 55 H11 (H11)

Front direction indicator lights 21 PY21W (―)

Position lights 5 W5W (―)

Front fog lightsí 55 H11 (H11)

Side direction indicator lights LED*2 ― (―)

High-mount brake light LED*2 ― (―)

Rear direction indicator lights 21 WY21W (7443NA)

Brake lights/Tail lights 21/5 W21/5W (7443)

Reverse lights 21 W21W (7440)

Rear fog lightí 21 W21W (7440)

Number plate lights 5 W5W (―)

*1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe.*2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.

Interior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage UNECE*1

Luggage compartment light 8 ―

Overhead lights (Front)/Map lights 5 W5W

Overhead light (Rear) 10 ―

*1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe.

qTyres

Sample tyre mark and its meaning

Nominal section widthNominal aspect ratio in %Construction code

Mud and snowSpeed symbol

Load index (not on ZR tyres)Nominal rim diameter in inches

10-6 íSome models.

Specifications


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (369,1)

Tyre mark information

Choose the proper tyres for your vehicle using the following tyre mark information.

Speed symbol Maximum permissible speed

Q Up to 160 km/h (99 mph)

R Up to 170 km/h (105 mph)

S Up to 180 km/h (111 mph)

T Up to 190 km/h (118 mph)

U Up to 200 km/h (124 mph)

H Up to 210 km/h (130 mph)

V Up to 240 km/h (149 mph)

W Up to 270 km/h (167 mph)

Y Up to 300 km/h (186 mph)

ZR Over 240 km/h (149 mph)

Tyre and inflation pressure

NOTE

The tyres have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.When replacing tyres, Mazda recommends that you replace tyres of the same typeoriginally fitted to your vehicle. For details, contact an expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer.

Check the tyre pressure label for tyre size and inflation pressure (page 8-31).

Standard tyre

Tyre sizeInflation pressure

Up to 3 persons ―Full load

205/55R16 91VFront 220 kPa (2.2 bar, 32 psi) 240 kPa (2.4 bar, 35 psi)

Rear 220 kPa (2.2 bar, 32 psi) 280 kPa (2.8 bar, 41 psi)

205/50R17 93VFront 220 kPa (2.2 bar, 32 psi) 240 kPa (2.4 bar, 35 psi)

Rear 220 kPa (2.2 bar, 32 psi) 280 kPa (2.8 bar, 41 psi)

1 person's weight: About 75 kg

Temporary spare tyre

Tyre size Inflation pressure

T125/70D16 96M 420 kPa (60 psi)

Wheel nut tightening torque

When installing a tyre, tighten the wheel nut to the following torque.88―118 N·m (9―12 kgf·m, 65―87 ft·lbf)

Specifications

10-7


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (370,1)

qFuses

Refer to Fuses on page 8-42.

qBrakes

If you require information regarding the wear limit specification for the brake disc platesand the measurement method, please contact an expert repairer, we recommend anAuthorised Mazda Repairer. The information is made freely available.

10-8

Specifications


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (371,1)

Personalisation FeaturesThe following “Personalisation Features” are available. These settings can only be changed by an AuthorisedMazda Repairer.

Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings

Key reminderwarning alarm

The volume of the key reminder warning alarmcan be changed

Low High

Lights-on reminderwarning alarm

The volume of the lights-on reminder warningalarm can be changed

Low High/Deactivated

Turn indicator The beep volume level can be changed High Low/Deactivated

Illumination entry

The time required for the interior lamp to turnoff automatically after all the doors are closedcan be changed

15 seconds 7.5/30/60 seconds

The time required for the interior lamp toilluminate after unlocking any door can bechanged

30 seconds 7.5/15/60 seconds

The function allowing the interior lamp toilluminate automatically when the doors areunlocked can be deactivated

Activated Deactivated

The function allowing the interior lamp to turnoff automatically when any door is opened(or not securely closed) can be changed


The time required for the interior lamp to turnoff automatically can be changed(prevents battery depletion when a door isopen/ajar)

30 minutes 10/60 minutes

Keyless entry

The time required for the doors to relockautomatically after unlocking with thetransmitter can be changed

30 seconds 60/90 seconds

The flashing of the hazard warning lights whenthe doors are locked/unlocked can be changed


Auto headlight on/offThe headlight illumination on/off timing basedon the surrounding lightness/darkness can bechanged

Standard(Illuminates underaverage levels of

darkness)

Earlier/Somewhat earlier/Somewhat later/

Later

Two-step downpower window

The two-step down power window function canbe changed


Adjusts the window opening range 3 cm (1 in) 2―10 cm (0.8―3.9 in)

Personalisation Features

10-9


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (372,1)

10-10


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (373,1)

11 Index

11-1


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (374,1)

A

Accessory Socket .............................. 6-74Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ......................................... 9-3Aerial ................................................ 6-18Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-49Air-Conditioning System .................... 6-2Ambient Temperature Display .......... 6-62Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ....... 5-18

Warning light ............................. 5-18Appearance Care ............................... 8-50Audio System ................................... 6-18

Audio control switch .................. 6-47Audio set .................................... 6-31AUX/USB/iPod Mode ............... 6-50Operating tips for audiosystem ........................................ 6-18

Automatic TransaxleDriving tips ................................ 5-29Fluid ........................................... 8-17Manual shift mode ..................... 5-25Shift-lock override ..................... 5-24Shift-lock system ....................... 5-24Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-23

B

BatteryEmergency starting .................... 7-16Maintenance ............................... 8-24Specifications ............................. 10-4

Beep SoundsIgnition key reminder ................. 5-49i-stop .......................................... 5-49Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-49Seat belt warning ........................ 5-49

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5After getting in ............................. 4-5Before getting in .......................... 4-5

B

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-20Bonnet Release ................................. 3-31Bottle Holder ..................................... 6-67Brake/Clutch

Fluid ........................................... 8-16Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS).... 5-18Brakes assist ............................... 5-20Foot brake .................................. 5-15Parking brake ............................. 5-16Warning light ............................. 5-17

Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-34

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4Cargo Sub-Compartment .................. 6-73Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3Cell Phones ......................................... 9-4Centre Console .................................. 6-69Child Restraint

Categories of child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-38Child restraint precautions ......... 2-34Child-restraint system installationposition ...................................... 2-39Child-restraint system suitability forvarious seat positions table ........ 2-42Installing child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-45ISOFIX anchor-secured child-restraint systems ......................... 2-47

Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-13Clock ................................................. 6-62Cruise Control ................................... 5-31Cup Holder ........................................ 6-65

11-2

Index


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (375,1)

D

DefrosterRear window .............................. 5-62

Dimensions ....................................... 10-5Door Locks ......................................... 3-9Double Locking System ................... 3-40Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-11Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6

Automatic transaxle ................... 5-29Driving in flooded area .............. 4-11Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-9Running-In Period ........................ 4-6Saving fuel and protection of theenvironment ................................. 4-6Winter driving .............................. 4-9

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-35DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-36DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-36TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-36

E

Easy Closure ..................................... 3-13Emergency Starting ........................... 7-16

Flooded engine ........................... 7-16Jump-starting .............................. 7-17Push-starting .............................. 7-22

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-23Emission Control System .................... 4-3Engine

Bonnet release ............................ 3-31Coolant ....................................... 8-14Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4Oil .............................................. 8-11Overheating ................................ 7-14Starting ......................................... 5-3

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-10

E

Engine CoolantOverheating ................................ 7-14

Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4Exterior Care ..................................... 8-52

F

FlasherHazard warning .......................... 5-64Headlights .................................. 5-50

Flat Tyre .............................................. 7-3Changing ...................................... 7-7Spare tyre and tool storage ........... 7-3

FluidsClassification .............................. 10-4Owner maintenance ..................... 8-7

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-55Front ........................................... 5-55Rear ............................................ 5-56

Foot Brake ........................................ 5-15Front Seat ............................................ 2-4Fuel

Filler flap and cap ...................... 3-29Gauge ......................................... 5-40Requirements ............................... 4-2Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Fuses ................................................. 8-42Panel description ........................ 8-45Replacement ............................... 8-42

G

Gauges .............................................. 5-38Glove Compartment .......................... 6-69

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-64

Index

11-3


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (376,1)

H

Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7Head Restraint .................................. 2-18Headlights

Control ....................................... 5-50Flashing ...................................... 5-54High-low beam .......................... 5-53Levelling .................................... 5-54On reminder ............................... 5-53

Horn .................................................. 5-63

I

IgnitionSwitch .......................................... 5-2

Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-59Immobilizer System .......................... 3-35Indicator Lights ................................. 5-42

Direction indicator/hazardwarning ...................................... 5-48Front fog light ............................ 5-47Headlight high-beam .................. 5-47Low engine coolanttemperature ................................ 5-47Rear fog light ............................. 5-47

Information Display .......................... 6-61Ambient temperature display ..... 6-62Clock .......................................... 6-62Information display functions .... 6-61Trip computer ............................. 6-63

Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-38Instrument Panel Illumination .......... 5-41

I

Interior Care ...................................... 8-56Cleaning the window interiors.... 8-59Instrument panel topmaintenance ............................... 8-58Leather upholsterymaintenance ............................... 8-57Panel maintenance ..................... 8-58Plastic part maintenance ............. 8-58Seat belt maintenance ................. 8-57Upholstery maintenance ............. 8-57Vinyl upholstery maintenance .... 8-57

Interior Lights ................................... 6-59i-stop ................................................... 5-5

i-stop OFF switch ....................... 5-12i-stop warning beep .................... 5-12i-stop warning light(Amber)/i-stop indicator light(Green) ....................................... 5-11Vehicle roll preventionfunction ...................................... 5-13Warning light, beep .................... 5-14

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-17

K

Keyless Entry System ......................... 3-3Keys .................................................... 3-2

Maintenance ................................. 3-6Service ......................................... 3-8Transmitter ................................... 3-4

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-55

11-4

Index


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (377,1)

L

Liftgate .............................................. 3-20Luggage compartment cover ...... 3-23

Light BulbsReplacement ............................... 8-34Specifications ............................. 10-6

Lighting Control ............................... 5-50Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4Luggage Compartment Light ............ 6-60

M

MaintenanceIntroduction .................................. 8-2Owner maintenance precautions... 8-8Owner maintenance schedule ....... 8-7Retractable type key ..................... 3-6Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Manual Transaxle Operation ............. 5-20Map Lights ........................................ 6-60Meters and Gauges ........................... 5-38Mirrors

Outside mirrors .......................... 3-42Rearview mirror ......................... 3-44

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-39Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-42Overhead Console ............................. 6-69Overhead Lights ................................ 6-60Overheating ....................................... 7-14

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-50Parking Brake ................................... 5-16Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2Personalisation Features .................... 10-9

P

Power Sliding Doors ......................... 3-14Power Steering .................................. 5-30

Fluid ........................................... 8-17Power steering malfunction indicatorlight ............................................ 5-30

Power Windows ................................ 3-26Push-Starting ..................................... 7-22

R

Rear Coat Hooks ............................... 6-73Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-13Rear Seat ............................................. 2-9Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-62Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-62Rear Window Wiper .......................... 5-62Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-44Recording of Vehicle Data .................. 9-5Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry ............................................... 9-2Retractable Type Key .......................... 3-2Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-9Running-In Period .............................. 4-6

S

Saving Fuel and Protection of theEnvironment ....................................... 4-6Seat Belt System

3-point type ................................ 2-27Automatic locking ...................... 2-26Centre-rear lap/shoulder ............. 2-31Emergency locking .................... 2-26Pregnant women ........................ 2-26Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-28Seat belt precautions .................. 2-23Seat belt reminder ....................... 2-33Warning light ............................. 2-33

Index

11-5


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (378,1)

S

SeatsFront seat ...................................... 2-4Head restraint ............................. 2-18Rear seat ....................................... 2-9Seat arrangements ...................... 2-20

Security SystemDouble locking system ............... 3-40Immobilizer system .................... 3-35Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-37

Spare Tyre and Tool Storage ............... 7-3Specifications .................................... 10-4Speedometer ...................................... 5-39SRS Air Bags

How the SRS air bags work ....... 2-55Limitations to SRS air bag ......... 2-59Maintenance ............................... 2-61SRS air bag deploymentcriteria ........................................ 2-58Supplementary restraint systemcomponents ............................... 2-54Supplementary restraint systemsprecautions ................................. 2-49

Starting the Engine .............................. 5-3Steering Wheel .................................. 3-42

Horn ........................................... 5-63Storage Compartments ...................... 6-67

Cargo sub-compartment ............. 6-73Centre console ............................ 6-69Glove compartment .................... 6-69Overhead console ....................... 6-69Rear coat hooks .......................... 6-73Underseat storage ....................... 6-69

Sunroof ............................................. 3-32Sunshade ........................................... 3-34Sunvisors .......................................... 6-59

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-40Temporary Spare Tyre ....................... 8-33Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-37Towing

Description ................................. 7-23Emergency towing ..................... 7-23Hook .......................................... 7-24

Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-34TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-35

Transmitter .......................................... 3-4Trip Meter ......................................... 5-39Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-55Tyres

Flat Tyre ....................................... 7-3Inflation pressure ........................ 8-31Replacement ............................... 8-32Rotation ...................................... 8-31Snow tyres .................................. 4-10Specifications ............................. 10-6Tyre chains ................................. 4-10

U

Underseat Storage ............................. 6-69

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-59Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

11-6

Index


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (379,1)

W

Warning Lights ................................. 5-42Automatic transaxle ................... 5-46Charging system ......................... 5-44Check engine .............................. 5-45Door-ajar .................................... 5-46Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-45High engine coolanttemperature ................................ 5-46Malfunction ................................ 5-44

Warranty .............................................. 9-2Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-19Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-33Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-26Windscreen Washer ........................... 5-61Windscreen Wipers ........................... 5-58

Blades replacement .................... 8-20Winter Driving .................................... 4-9

Index

11-7


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

Black plate (380,1)

11-8


Form No.8DF6-EI-13J

AWord to Mazda Owners · Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time...

Documents

Transcript of AWord to Mazda Owners · Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time...